US20220193445A1 - Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light - Google Patents
Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220193445A1 US20220193445A1 US17/687,904 US202217687904A US2022193445A1 US 20220193445 A1 US20220193445 A1 US 20220193445A1 US 202217687904 A US202217687904 A US 202217687904A US 2022193445 A1 US2022193445 A1 US 2022193445A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- light
- gbs
- lighting system
- irradiation
- microorganisms
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 title claims abstract description 84
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 19
- 241001263478 Norovirus Species 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 241001678559 COVID-19 virus Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000315672 SARS coronavirus Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 241001355825 Bat coronavirus HKU9-1 Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000711467 Human coronavirus 229E Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000714201 Feline calicivirus Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000197306 H1N1 subtype Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000482741 Human coronavirus NL63 Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241001428935 Human coronavirus OC43 Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 claims description 7
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000005283 ground state Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241001148470 aerobic bacillus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 241001148471 unidentified anaerobic bacterium Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011012 sanitization Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 146
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 abstract description 46
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 abstract description 31
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 23
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 241000193990 Streptococcus sp. 'group B' Species 0.000 description 310
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 158
- KSFOVUSSGSKXFI-GAQDCDSVSA-N CC1=C/2NC(\C=C3/N=C(/C=C4\N\C(=C/C5=N/C(=C\2)/C(C=C)=C5C)C(C=C)=C4C)C(C)=C3CCC(O)=O)=C1CCC(O)=O Chemical compound CC1=C/2NC(\C=C3/N=C(/C=C4\N\C(=C/C5=N/C(=C\2)/C(C=C)=C5C)C(C=C)=C4C)C(C)=C3CCC(O)=O)=C1CCC(O)=O KSFOVUSSGSKXFI-GAQDCDSVSA-N 0.000 description 117
- 229950003776 protoporphyrin Drugs 0.000 description 115
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 98
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 88
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 87
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 65
- 241000186427 Cutibacterium acnes Species 0.000 description 62
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 62
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 58
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 52
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 41
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 29
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 23
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 21
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000009469 supplementation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 13
- -1 hydroxyl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 10
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 241000714198 Caliciviridae Species 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004768 lowest unoccupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 6
- 206010053759 Growth retardation Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000004770 highest occupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000025721 COVID-19 Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241001112695 Clostridiales Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZGXJTSGNIOSYLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 88755TAZ87 Chemical compound NCC(=O)CCC(O)=O ZGXJTSGNIOSYLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100035765 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000975 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960002749 aminolevulinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N curcumin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(\C=C\C(=O)CC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108091008695 photoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004697 Polyetherimide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002086 nanomaterial Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003928 nasal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- XNBNKCLBGTWWSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[8,13,18-tris(2-carboxyethyl)-3,7,12,17-tetramethyl-21,24-dihydroporphyrin-2-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound N1C(C=C2C(=C(C)C(=CC=3C(=C(CCC(O)=O)C(=C4)N=3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C1C=C1C(CCC(O)=O)=C(C)C4=N1 XNBNKCLBGTWWSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010062580 Concanavalin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004812 Fluorinated ethylene propylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005041 Mylar™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000003176 Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910003087 TiOx Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920004695 VICTREX™ PEEK Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002390 adhesive tape Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005441 aurora Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004148 curcumin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012754 curcumin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940109262 curcumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diferuloylmethane Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C=CC(=O)CC(=O)C=CC=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011768 flavin mononucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- FVTCRASFADXXNN-SCRDCRAPSA-N flavin mononucleotide Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O FVTCRASFADXXNN-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940013640 flavin mononucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FVTCRASFADXXNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N flavin mononucleotide Natural products OP(=O)(O)OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O FVTCRASFADXXNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005525 hole transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 2
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium fluoride Chemical compound [Li+].[F-] PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002052 molecular layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011824 nuclear material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920009441 perflouroethylene propylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002186 photoactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940055019 propionibacterium acne Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridoxine Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(CO)=C1O LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019231 riboflavin-5'-phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000057 systemic toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- HLLICFJUWSZHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioxidazole Chemical compound CCCOC1=CC=C2N=C(NC(=O)OC)SC2=C1 HLLICFJUWSZHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006150 trypticase soy agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010005913 Body tinea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- PPFISAQUKQQDHW-OBEWLBDZSA-N CC(C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN)C(O)=O)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound CC(C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN)C(O)=O)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O PPFISAQUKQQDHW-OBEWLBDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010007882 Cellulitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010049152 Cold Shock Proteins and Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000018832 Cytochromes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052832 Cytochromes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000966210 Elizabethkingia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000000297 Erysipelas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000219 Ethylene vinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010016936 Folliculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589989 Helicobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010021531 Impetigo Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000192132 Leuconostoc Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910000733 Li alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N NAD zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010195 Onychomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010068319 Oropharyngeal pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000144 PEDOT:PSS Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004503 Perforin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010056995 Perforin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000007100 Pharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001609 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920012266 Poly(ether sulfone) PES Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000605894 Porphyromonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186429 Propionibacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940096437 Protein S Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021326 Ritter disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000124033 Salix Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002042 Silver nanowire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910006694 SnO2—Sb2O3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710198474 Spike protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010041929 Staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122971 Stenotrophomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical compound [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000002474 Tinea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043866 Tinea capitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010618 Tinea cruris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010048038 Wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910007470 ZnO—Al2O3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910007674 ZnO—Ga2O3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002009 allergenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000547 conjugated polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003588 decontaminative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001687 destabilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010582 ecthyma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000004000 erythrasma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000840 ethylene tetrafluoroethylene copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003090 exacerbative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005279 excitation period Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010006 flight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009930 food irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001061 forehead Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003228 hemolysin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002557 hidradenitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007162 hidradenitis suppurativa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006799 invasive growth in response to glucose limitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000003265 lymphadenitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025226 lymphangitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000001997 microphthalmia with limb anomalies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001700 mitochondrial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002070 nanowire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002956 necrotizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940101270 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nad) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- BOPGDPNILDQYTO-NNYOXOHSSA-N nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound C1=CCC(C(=O)N)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O2)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)O)O1 BOPGDPNILDQYTO-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052755 nonmetal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005693 optoelectronics Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036542 oxidative stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000258 photobiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006552 photochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001126 phototherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002493 poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005023 polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006267 polyester film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000123 polythiophene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002620 polyvinyl fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000008160 pyridoxine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011677 pyridoxine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000001054 red pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FCBUKWWQSZQDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhamnolipid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(CC(O)=O)OC(=O)CC(CCCCCCC)OC1OC(C)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 FCBUKWWQSZQDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007650 screen-printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002210 silicon-based material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036555 skin type Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000003875 tinea corporis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004647 tinea pedis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005882 tinea unguium Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021524 transition metal nanoparticle Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940011671 vitamin b6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/06—Respiratory or anaesthetic masks
- A61M16/0666—Nasal cannulas or tubing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
- A61K41/0061—5-aminolevulinic acid-based PDT: 5-ALA-PDT involving porphyrins or precursors of protoporphyrins generated in vivo from 5-ALA
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
- A61K41/0071—PDT with porphyrins having exactly 20 ring atoms, i.e. based on the non-expanded tetrapyrrolic ring system, e.g. bacteriochlorin, chlorin-e6, or phthalocyanines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/0005—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts
- A61L2/0011—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts using physical methods
- A61L2/0029—Radiation
- A61L2/0047—Ultraviolet radiation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/0005—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts
- A61L2/0011—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts using physical methods
- A61L2/0029—Radiation
- A61L2/0052—Visible light
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/0005—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts
- A61L2/0011—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts using physical methods
- A61L2/0029—Radiation
- A61L2/0058—Infrared radiation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/0005—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts
- A61L2/0011—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts using physical methods
- A61L2/0029—Radiation
- A61L2/0076—Radiation using a photocatalyst or photosensitiser
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/02—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor using physical phenomena
- A61L2/08—Radiation
- A61L2/084—Visible light
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/02—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor using physical phenomena
- A61L2/08—Radiation
- A61L2/10—Ultra-violet radiation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/24—Apparatus using programmed or automatic operation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/26—Accessories or devices or components used for biocidal treatment
- A61L2/28—Devices for testing the effectiveness or completeness of sterilisation, e.g. indicators which change colour
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
- A61N5/0603—Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/062—Photodynamic therapy, i.e. excitation of an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/0624—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment for eliminating microbes, germs, bacteria on or in the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00137—Details of operation mode
- A61B2017/00154—Details of operation mode pulsed
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2202/00—Aspects relating to methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects
- A61L2202/10—Apparatus features
- A61L2202/11—Apparatus for generating biocidal substances, e.g. vaporisers, UV lamps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/06—Respiratory or anaesthetic masks
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/06—Respiratory or anaesthetic masks
- A61M16/0683—Holding devices therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/20—Pathogenic agents
- A61M2202/203—Bacteria
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/20—Pathogenic agents
- A61M2202/206—Viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/05—General characteristics of the apparatus combined with other kinds of therapy
- A61M2205/051—General characteristics of the apparatus combined with other kinds of therapy with radiation therapy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/05—General characteristics of the apparatus combined with other kinds of therapy
- A61M2205/051—General characteristics of the apparatus combined with other kinds of therapy with radiation therapy
- A61M2205/053—General characteristics of the apparatus combined with other kinds of therapy with radiation therapy ultraviolet
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2210/00—Anatomical parts of the body
- A61M2210/06—Head
- A61M2210/0618—Nose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
- A61N5/0603—Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
- A61N2005/0606—Mouth
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
- A61N5/0603—Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of body cavities
- A61N2005/0607—Nose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0635—Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
- A61N2005/0643—Applicators, probes irradiating specific body areas in close proximity
- A61N2005/0645—Applicators worn by the patient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/065—Light sources therefor
- A61N2005/0651—Diodes
- A61N2005/0652—Arrays of diodes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0658—Radiation therapy using light characterised by the wavelength of light used
- A61N2005/0662—Visible light
- A61N2005/0663—Coloured light
Definitions
- LEDs light emitting diodes
- CW continuous wave
- the present invention is directed to a system and method for photoeradication of microorganisms from a target using pulsed purple or blue light.
- the target includes an endogenous or exogenous photoactive molecule in which (a) the light pulses have a peak irradiance and a pulse duration sufficient to optically excite the photoactive molecule and (b) the light pulses are separated by an off time sufficient to allow the photoactive molecule to return to a ground state creating an oxidation reaction that produces free radicals which destroy a cellular structure of all or a portion of the microorganisms.
- the target is irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light so as to destroy the RNA or DNA genomes of all or a portion of the microorganisms.
- the target comprises a region of skin, tissue, a wound, or cells of a human or animal body that are infected by various types of microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses or fungi.
- the infected skin, tissue, wound or cells are treated by irradiating the target with pulsed purple or blue light.
- the pulsed purple or blue light is provided at specified pulse parameters, dosages and time intervals so as to inactivate all or a portion of the microorganisms at low irradiances and radiant exposures compared to those of a continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation.
- CW continuous wave
- the target is a host cell subject to viral invasion that is destroyed without disrupting non-invaded cells.
- the target comprises an environment contaminated with various types of microorganisms, such as methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) or viruses such as SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63.
- MRSA methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
- viruses such as SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63.
- the contaminated environment may comprise, for example, a locker room, a public
- the target comprises food under storage or transport conditions that is contaminated with microorganisms, such as Salmonella spp., E. coli, Listeria spp, norovirus (NoV) (which is part of the Caliciviridae family), or hepatitis A.
- the food may be contained within, for example, a refrigeration system, a food display system, a food storage area, or a food processing system.
- the food is irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light as discussed above so as to photoeradicate the microorganisms and thereby enhance shelf-life and reduce the potential for significant infection transmission to human and animal populations.
- FIG. 1 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 20 and 60 J/cm 2 ; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and single irradiation at 0 hours.
- FIG. 2 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 ; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 3 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 ; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 4 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 30, 40, 45 and 60 J/cm 2 ; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours.
- FIG. 5 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 60 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation and pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours.
- CW continuous wave
- FIG. 6 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation and pulsed mode of irradiation (33% and 20% duty factors); and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours.
- CW continuous wave
- FIG. 7 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 8 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3.5 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 9 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; irradiance of 5 mW/cm 2 ; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 10 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours.
- FIG. 11 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours.
- FIG. 12 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3 and 6 hours.
- FIG. 13 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours.
- FIG. 14 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours.
- FIG. 15 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours.
- FIG. 16 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours.
- FIG. 17 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours.
- FIG. 18 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96 and 99 hours.
- FIG. 19 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours.
- FIG. 20 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours.
- FIG. 21 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours.
- FIG. 22 illustrates a plurality of light emitting diodes printed on a flexible film (referred to herein as a printed LED flexible lamp or a lighted substrate) that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention
- FIG. 23 is a schematic illustration depicting an experimental set-up used in bacteria irradiation with a 458 nm laser light.
- FIG. 24A is a graph depicting porphyrin emission extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light.
- FIG. 24B is a graph depicting porphyrin fluorescence emission extracted from P. acnes excited with 450 nm light from the printed LED flexible lamp shown in FIG. 22 at an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 10, 20 and 30 minutes.
- FIG. 24C is a graph depicting porphyrin emission extracted from a sample of Protoporphyrin IX excited with 450 nm light from the printed LED flexible lamp shown in FIG. 22 .
- FIG. 25 illustrates the general structure of a light source in the form of a very thin layered structure that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention.
- FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate various exemplary shapes of light sources that are suitable for use in the light source of FIG. 25 .
- FIG. 27 illustrates an exemplary OLED structure for use in the light source of FIG. 25 .
- FIG. 28 illustrates an exemplary printable LED structure for use in the light source of FIG. 25 .
- FIG. 29 illustrates a light source with a bottom light emitting configuration that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 30 illustrates a light source with a top light emitting configuration that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 31 is a block diagram of an electronic circuit for controlling a light source in accordance with the present invention, wherein the electronic circuit includes a drive circuit and microcontroller that is preprogrammed to provide a fixed dose of light.
- FIG. 32 is a block diagram of an electronic circuit for controlling a light source in accordance with the present invention, wherein the electronic circuit includes sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the light source.
- FIGS. 33 and 34 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002, 0.02 or 0.05 mg/mL PPIX supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIG. 35 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002 or 0.05 mg/mL CP III supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIG. 36 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002 or 0.02 mg/mL CP III supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIGS. 37 and 38 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.02 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIGS. 39, 40 and 41 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.05 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIG. 42 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.05 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIGS. 43 and 44 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.08 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIGS. 45, 46 and 47 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.2 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIGS. 48 and 49 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.2 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIG. 50 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.08 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 ; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 ; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours.
- FIG. 51 illustrates a light device incorporating printed light emitting diodes placed externally on a cheek region of a human body for use in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 52 illustrates a light device incorporating printed light emitting diodes placed externally on an inner wrist region of a human body for use in accordance with the present invention.
- FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate a nasal applicator incorporating printed light emitting diodes that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention.
- FIGS. 54A, 54B, 54C, 54D and 54E illustrate various embodiments of a respirator mask incorporating printed light emitting diodes that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 55 is a schematic illustration depicting an experimental set-up used in bacteria irradiation with pulsed 450 nm blue light.
- FIG. 56 are light micrographs showing non-irradiated control MRSA (left panel) and irradiated MRSA (right panel).
- FIG. 57 are transmission electron microscope images showing normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A and C) and disruption of normal cell division in irradiated MRSA (B and D).
- FIG. 58 are transmission electron microscope images showing structural damage to irradiated MRSA (B) compared to non-irradiated control MRSA (A), as well as normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A) compared to irradiated MRSA (B).
- the present invention is directed to methods and systems for the photoeradication of microorganisms from a target using pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light). While the invention will be described in detail below with reference to various exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that the invention is not limited to the specific methodologies or device configurations of these embodiments. In addition, although the exemplary embodiments are described as embodying several different inventive features, one skilled in the art will appreciate that any one of these features could be implemented without the others in accordance with the present invention.
- the methods and systems of the present invention may be used to photoeradicate many different types of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) provided at specified pulse parameters, dosages and time intervals.
- the pulsed light consists of a sequence of light pulses each of which has a peak irradiance and a pulse duration sufficient to optically excite photoactive molecules capable of photoeradication of the microorganisms and move them to an excited singlet state.
- the light pulses are separated by an off time sufficient to allow the photoactive molecules to return to their ground state, which transition creates a reaction with triplet oxygen that reduces the oxygen molecule to a highly reactive singlet state which includes singlet oxygen ( 1 O 2 ), hydroxyl radicals (.OH) and superoxide (O 2 ⁇ ) ions. These are capable of destroying cellular structure of the microorganisms and thereby photoeradicate all or a portion of the microorganisms. This mechanism of microorganism suppression or eradication is broad spectrum and believed to be applicable to various types of microorganisms, including bacteria, viruses and fungi.
- the photoactive molecules are maintained in an excited state and fewer return to a ground state (they do so randomly as opposed to a cascade that follows the pulsing) and, thus, the effect of the light is reduced.
- the invention is used to provide treatment for many different types of diseases, disorders, or conditions.
- a region of skin, tissue, or a wound infected by bacteria may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a bacterial infection.
- the treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a bacterial skin, tissue or wound infection.
- Subjects may be susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a bacterial infection due to family history, age, environment, and/or lifestyle.
- “susceptible” and “at risk” refer to having little resistance to a certain disease, disorder or condition, including being genetically predisposed, having a family history of, and/or having symptoms of the disease, disorder or condition.
- the bacterial infection may comprise any infection caused by aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative).
- Exemplary bacterial infections include acne, psoriasis, cellulitis, erysipelas, erythrasma, folliculitis and skin abscesses, hidradenitis suppurativa, impetigo and ecthyma, lymphadenitis, lymphangitis, necrotizing skin infections, staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome, as well as wound and tissue infections such as osteomyelitis.
- cells infected by various types of viruses may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a viral infection.
- the treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a viral infection.
- Exemplary viral infections include SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63.
- 2019-nCoV severe acute respiratory syndrome
- SARS-CoV severe acute respiratory syndrome
- the human airway epithelium represents the entry port of many human respiratory viruses, including coronaviruses (CoVs), which have very similar spike protein 3-D structures that are considered to have strong binding affinity to the human cell receptor, angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2). Therefore, the cells with ACE2 expression may act as target cells and thus are susceptible to 2019-nCoV infection.
- Such cells include type II alveolar cells (AT2) or respiratory epithelial cells of the lungs.
- the symptoms of COVID-19 which is the disease caused by 2019-nCoV, include fever, cough, shortness of breath, headache and sore throat. There are presently no antivirals or vaccines, and the current treatment of COVID-19 is supportive care (treatment of symptoms).
- cells infected by various types of fungi may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a fungal infection.
- the treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a fungal infection.
- Exemplary fungal infections include tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea cruris, tinea pedis, and tinea unguium.
- the invention is used to enable photoeradication of microorganisms from contaminated environments.
- the microorganisms may comprise any aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative) or any virus.
- MRSA community associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
- SARS-CoV SARS-CoV
- 2019-nCoV human coronavirus 229E
- influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63 are often acquired from places that people congregate, such as locker rooms, public or private restrooms, airplanes, ambulances, fire trucks, emergency services personnel vehicles, schools, beaches, playgrounds, playing fields, etc.
- the invention is used to enable photoeradication of microorganisms from food.
- the bacteria may comprise any aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative), norovirus (NoV) (which is part of the Caliciviridae family), or hepatitis A.
- foods may be contaminated with Salmonella spp., E. coli , or Listeria spp.
- Salmonella spp. contains CspH, a cold shock protein that protects the bacteria at 50° C. As such, refrigeration at this temperature may not be adequate to kill the bacteria. Refrigeration in retail may be at a higher temperature further exacerbating the problem of bacterial growth. Globally, there are more than 80.3 million cases annually of Salmonella spp.
- Contaminated foods may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light to provide a more effective way to extend shelf life and prevent bacterial transmission to humans and animals exposed to such foods.
- the pulsed light may be built into commercial, residential or portable refrigeration systems, food display systems, food storage areas and systems for food processing.
- the pulsed purple or blue light may be activated whenever a door of a refrigeration system is opened and closed. When the door is opened, the light would be white and when closed the pulsed purple or blue light would be applied at the correct dose and treatment sequence.
- the treatment sequence would be applied daily and/or as new food items are added to the food storage or processing system.
- exemplary bacteria include Propionibacterium acnes , Group B Streptococcus, Propionibacterium spp., Staphylococcus spp. (including methicillin resistant strains), Clostridium spp., Escherichia spp., Pseudomonas spp., Campylobacter spp., Listeria spp., Leuconostoc spp., Bacillus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Streptococcus spp., Brucella spp., Proteus spp., Klebsiella spp., Shigella spp., Helicobacter spp., Mycobacterium spp., Enterococcus spp., Salmonella spp., Chlamydia spp., Porphyromonas spp., Stenotrophomonas spp., and Elizabethkingi
- exemplary viruses include SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, HCoV-NL63, and hepatitis A.
- the microorganism itself synthesizes a photoactive molecule that functions as a photoreceptor for the pulsed ultraviolet, purple or blue light—i.e., the photoactive molecule is endogenous to the microorganisms.
- the photoactive molecule is endogenous to the microorganisms.
- An example of this type of microorganism is the Propionibacterium acnes ( P. acnes ) bacteria, which synthesizes the photoactive molecule porphyrin.
- the pulsed ultraviolet, purple or blue light may be absorbed by the viral RNA or protein photoreceptor leading to the destruction or destabilization of the virus rendering it inactive.
- the microorganisms do not synthesize a sufficient amount of a photoactive molecule, such as the Group B Streptococcus (GBS) bacteria or different types of viruses, such as the coronavirus.
- a photoactive molecule such as the Group B Streptococcus (GBS) bacteria or different types of viruses, such as the coronavirus.
- GBS Group B Streptococcus
- rhamnolipid characteristic brick-red pigment ornithine rhamnopolyenic (rhamnolipid), a ⁇ -haemolysin/cytolysin, and granadaene
- rhamnolipid characteristic brick-red pigment ornithine rhamnopolyenic
- ⁇ -haemolysin/cytolysin granadaene
- the microorganisms are associated or supplemented with a photoactive molecule that is exogenous to the microorganisms and functions as a photoreceptor for the pulsed
- the microorganisms are suspended in a medium that is endogenous to a human body (e.g., an organically-rick media (ORM) such as human saliva) and the medium contains the photoactive molecule—i.e., the photoactive molecule is an extracellular endogenous photosensitizer.
- a human body e.g., an organically-rick media (ORM) such as human saliva
- ORM organically-rick media
- human saliva contains riboflavin, tyrosine, tryptophan, pyridoxine and folic acid.
- the microorganisms are hosted within a plurality of cells that are endogenous to a human body and the cells themselves contain the photoactive molecule.
- lung cells that have ACE2 expression such as type II alveolar cells (AT2) or respiratory epithelial cells, may be the main target cells during 2019-nCoV infection.
- AT2 type II alveolar cells
- these cells may contain the photoactive molecules porphyrin, NADH, and FAD.
- the blood cell contains the photoactive molecule porphyrin.
- the photoactive molecule comprises a photosensitizer that is administered to the target.
- photosensitizers that may be applied topically to skin, tissue or a wound include curcumin, aminolevulinic acid (ALA), protoporphyrin IX (PPIX), coproporphyrin III (CP III), flavin mononucleotide (FMN), or nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD).
- ALA aminolevulinic acid
- PPIX protoporphyrin IX
- CP III coproporphyrin III
- FMN flavin mononucleotide
- NAD nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide
- These photosensitizers may be administered in various doses that are typically in the range of 5 to 20 micromolar. Of course, these doses may vary based on the photoactivation required and topical and systemic toxicity profiles.
- photosensitizers examples include curcumin, aminolevulinic acid (ALA), and chloroquine and its derivatives. These photosensitizers may be administered in various doses from as little as 1 milligram to 5000 milligrams per day using oral or intravenous administration. Of course, these doses may vary based on the photoactivation required and systemic toxicity profiles. It should be understood that these photosensitizers may be used in combination with any of the embodiments described above.
- bacteria, viruses or other microorganisms are inactivated via the application of ultraviolet, purple or blue light in a pulsed mode of irradiation.
- ultraviolet light refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 200 nm to about 380 nm (e.g., 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380 nm or some value therebetween).
- Particularly suitable wavelengths are about 260 nm and 370 nm.
- “purple or blue light” refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 380 nm to about 560 nm (e.g., 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560 nm or some value therebetween). Particularly suitable wavelength are about 410 nm and 450 nm.
- red light refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 600 nm to about 830 nm (e.g., 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 760, 770, 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830 nm or some value therebetween).
- Particularly suitable red wavelengths are about 640 nm and 645 nm.
- pulsed infrared light may be used to kill microorganisms through the production and release of nitric oxide (NO) from the mitochondria.
- infrared light refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 780 nm to about 1060 nm (e.g., 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 850, 860, 870, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920, 930, 940, 950, 960, 970, 980, 990, 1000, 1010, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1050, 1060 nm or some value therebetween).
- the pulses provided can be a square wave, rectified sinusoidal waveform or any combination thereof, although other pulse shapes may also be used in accordance with the present invention.
- a square wave with a rise time of less than 1 microsecond is preferred.
- the pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) is provided at radiant exposures that can range from about 0.5 J/cm 2 to about 60 J/cm 2 , with a preferred range of about 3.6 J/cm 2 to about 20 J/cm 2 , and a more preferred range of about 3.6 J/cm 2 to about 5 J/cm 2 .
- the average irradiance can range from about 0.1 mW/cm 2 to about 20 mW/cm 2 , with an average irradiance of about 2 mW/cm 2 to about 3 mW/cm 2 being preferred at the tissue surface, and may be higher for contaminated environment or food surface.
- the low levels of light used in connection with the present invention are very safe to the eye and meet international blue light safety requirements, including IEC TR 62778:2014 (Application of IEC 62471 for the assessment of blue light hazard to light sources and luminaries), IEC 62471:2006 (Photobiological safety of lamps and lamp systems), IEC 60601-2-57:2011 (Medical Electrical equipment—Part 2-57: Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of non-laser light source equipment intended for therapeutic, diagnostic, monitoring and cosmetic/aesthetic use).
- This provides a significant advantage over continuous wave (CW) light sources that deliver light at high irradiances and radiant exposures. These higher output light sources also require significant cooling and heat sinking and, thus, are not ideal for refrigeration applications.
- CW continuous wave
- the pulse parameters of the pulsed purple or blue light are preferably selected to optimize the photochemical reaction of the photoactive molecule used to photoeradicate the microorganisms, as described above.
- the peak irradiance of the light pulses ranges from 0.3 mW/cm 2 to 60 mW/cm 2 with a preferred range of about 6 mW/cm 2 to about 15 mW/cm 2 at a duty factor of 33%.
- the peak irradiance may be higher or lower so that the average irradiance stays within the preferred ranges of irradiance described herein.
- the duty factor is typically in the range of about 20% to about 33%.
- the pulse duration of the light pulses ranges from 5 microseconds to 1,000 microseconds, and the off time between the light pulses ranges from 10 microseconds to 1 second.
- a suitable combination may range from about 5 microseconds to about 30 microseconds for the pulse duration with off times ranging from about 10 microseconds to about 100 microseconds.
- a particularly suitable combination provides a pulse duration of about 10 microseconds and an off time of about 20 microseconds.
- the light pulses are typically provided at a pulse repetition rate that ranges from 33 kHz to 40 kHz.
- the optimal pulse parameters for destruction of microorganisms will vary between different types of microorganisms.
- the pulse intensity and on/off states that result in the depletion and restoration/recovery of porphyrins or other photoactive molecules involved in bacterial photoeradication will vary between different types of bacteria.
- the pulsed purple or blue light may be applied one time (i.e., single irradiation session) and is preferably provided multiple times (i.e., multiple irradiation sessions) at the desired radiant exposures (fluence) and power density (irradiance).
- irradiation time for each irradiation session is dependent on the dose, and is typically in the range of about 20 minutes to about 45 minutes for the irradiances and radiant exposures used in connection with the present invention.
- the duration of exposure may be controlled by the decay and recharge in fluorescence of the photoactive molecule. In that configuration, the exposure would stop when the fluorescence has depleted to a preset level indicating that there is insufficient photo-activity to maintain bacterial kill and then restart when the fluorescence has returned to another preset level. Also, the irradiation sessions may be timed to a replication cycle of the microorganisms so that the irradiation sessions restart prior to replication of the microorganisms.
- the pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) is applied during a plurality of irradiation sessions at pre-defined time intervals in accordance with an irradiation schedule, as described below.
- the time interval between irradiation sessions may range from about one hour to about four hours (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 hours or some value therebetween) with two or three (or more) irradiation sessions per day.
- These timed irradiation sessions may also be repeated on two, three, four or more days in certain embodiments, or in the case of environmental or food irradiation on a daily basis.
- the pulsing has been found to be optimized when the irradiation schedule includes the application of pulses three times per day with a three hour time interval between applications, which may be repeated on two or more days (e.g., when the pulses are applied at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours).
- the irradiation schedule is preferably chosen to provide a survival rate for the microorganisms of less than 50% and preferably 0% (i.e., a survival rate of 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 0% or some value therebetween).
- the pulsed mode may be further modulated when used for irradiation of human or animal tissue, i.e., gated on and off with a low frequency signal timed to coincide with the heart rate or at a rate similar to the heart rate (i.e., 0.5 to 2 Hz or a multiple or harmonic thereof).
- a low frequency signal timed to coincide with the heart rate or at a rate similar to the heart rate (i.e., 0.5 to 2 Hz or a multiple or harmonic thereof).
- This signal allows for recharge of the free oxygen, porphyrins or other molecules responsible for photochemical activation of cellular killing mechanisms during the resting period of the photostimulation. Duty factors in the range of 5% to 95% may be used for this modulation.
- any suitable light source may be used to generate the pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) in accordance with the present invention.
- Exemplary light sources include various types of lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), printed light emitting diodes (printed LEDs), polymer light emitting diodes (PLEDs) also known as light emitting polymers (LEPs), quantum dot light emitting diodes (QDLEDs), and fluorescent tubes emitting light in the purple or blue spectral region. Exemplary light sources are described in greater detail below.
- devices comprised of printed LEDs or OLEDs on flexible substrates are preferred due to their ability to produce light with an intensity that is substantially constant across the surface of the light source so as to provide substantially uniform light emission when the light source is in contact with or illuminates skin or tissue of a subject.
- the devices are also able to conform to the skin or tissue surface to maximize optical coupling.
- a layer of hydrogel may be used as an adhesive to contact the flexible substrate to the skin or tissue surface and thereby provide optical light piping and coupling.
- the hydrogel layer may also contain therapeutic substances used to enhanced bacterial inhibition or viral suppression or kill.
- FIGS. 51-54 Various exemplary light devices that may be used to deliver pulsed light in accordance with the invention are shown in FIGS. 51-54 .
- FIG. 51 illustrates a light device comprising an oblong-shaped light source 300 in the form of printed LEDs on a flexible substrate that is controlled by a controller 310 , as described herein.
- light source 300 is configured to be placed externally on a cheek region of a human body.
- the pulsed light emitted by this device may comprise pulsed blue light, pulsed blue and red light, or pulsed blue and infrared light and may be used, for example, to target microorganisms suspended in human saliva within the oral cavity.
- a biocompatible hydrogel may also be used.
- the light source is configured for internal placement within the oral cavity so as to directly target the microorganisms suspended in human saliva.
- FIG. 52 illustrates a light device comprising a butterfly-shaped light source 400 in the form of printed LEDs on a flexible substrate that is controlled by a controller 410 , as described herein.
- light source 400 is configured to be placed externally on an inner wrist region of a human body.
- the pulsed light emitted by this device may comprise pulsed blue light, pulsed blue and red light, or pulsed blue and infrared light, for transcutaneous application over the inner wrist region (or other areas in close proximity to blood flow) in order to target microorganisms in the blood, such as treatment of a blood borne virus on platelets or immune cells.
- a biocompatible hydrogel may also be used.
- FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate a nasal applicator comprising headgear 500 with a pair of nasal inserts 510 and 520 that are configured to be inserted into the nasal cavity, but allow breathing during use.
- Each of nasal inserts 510 and 520 incorporates printed LEDs and may be used, for example, to target microorganisms located within the nasal cavity.
- the pulsed light emitted by this device may comprise pulsed blue light, pulsed blue and red light, or pulsed blue and infrared light, or a combination of all three wavelengths.
- FIG. 54A illustrates a respirator mask that functions as part of an air filtration system.
- the respirator mask includes an outer mask 600 that supports a light patch and filter assembly 610 configured to filter airborne particles (e.g., a bacteria or virus suspended in human saliva) from the air passed through various filter layers, as well as photoeradicate all or a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., a bacteria or virus) that become trapped within those filter layers thereby preventing the microorganisms from penetrating into the oral and nasal cavities and lungs of the user.
- airborne particles e.g., a bacteria or virus suspended in human saliva
- the microorganisms e.g., a bacteria or virus
- Light patch and filter assembly 610 is shown in greater detail in FIGS. 54B and 54C and, in general, comprises a plurality of filter and light layers 612 sealed together by a sealing area 614 .
- the layers of light patch and filter assembly 610 include an outer filter layer 620 (i.e., the layer facing the environment), an outer folded filter layer 622 , a printed LED layer 624 , an inner folded filter layer 626 , and an inner filter layer 628 (i.e., the layer facing the user).
- outer filter layer 620 and inner filter layer 628 are each made of a material that is greater than 95% efficient at filtering 0.3- ⁇ m particles (i.e., an N95 material), although other materials may also be used.
- Outer folded filter layer 622 and inner folded filter layer 626 are each made of a filter material (including, but not limited, to an N95 material) that is formed in a folded configuration, as shown, in order to provide support for printed LED layer 624 and to provide a cavity that enables air circulation between outer and inner filter layers 620 and 628 and printed LED layer 624 , respectively.
- suitable spacers may be used in place of outer folded filter layer 622 and inner folded filter layer 626 .
- Printed LED layer 624 comprises printed LEDs on a flexible substrate, as described herein, which is connected via a wire 618 to a controller that includes a power source, such as a rechargeable or non-rechargeable battery pack (not shown).
- a power source such as a rechargeable or non-rechargeable battery pack (not shown).
- printed LED layer 624 is configured to emit pulsed light in a direction toward outer folded filter layer 622 and outer filter layer 620 .
- the pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light.
- the pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped within outer folded filter layer 622 and outer filter layer 620 —i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters.
- outer folded filter layer 622 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from printed LED layer 624 to outer filter layer 620 .
- pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC
- UVA, UVA, UVB or UVC may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects.
- printed LED layer 624 comprises a solid layer (printed LEDs on a flexible substrate) that does not enable airflow therethrough. Therefore, a pair of cutouts 616 a and 616 b are provided on each side of printed LED layer 624 to permit airflow around the sides of printed LED layer 624 . As such, the air flows transversely through outer filter layer 620 and outer folded filter layer 622 , laterally from outer folded filter layer 622 around the sides of printed LED layer 624 to inner folded filter layer 626 , and then transversely through inner folded filter layer 626 and inner filter layer 628 .
- Non-breathable material 630 a and 630 b is provided on each side of inner filter layer 628 to direct the air flow through this filter layer. It should be noted that the filter layers are omitted in FIG. 54B in order to illustrate the position of cutouts 616 a and 616 b.
- the printed LED layer includes one or more openings that enable the direct flow of air from outer folded filter layer 622 to inner folded filter layer 626 .
- FIG. 54D illustrates a printed LED layer 642 and a sealing area 640 that are similar to those described in connection with FIG. 54B (noting again that the filter layers are omitted in FIG. 54D ), with the exception that printed LED layer 642 includes a plurality of vertical slots 644 to enable the flow of air therethrough.
- FIG. 54E illustrates a printed LED layer 652 and a sealing area 650 that are similar to those described in connection with FIG. 54B (noting again that the filter layers are omitted in FIG.
- printed LED layer 652 includes a plurality of holes 654 to enable the flow of air therethrough.
- cutouts 616 a and 616 b are not required in these embodiments.
- printed LED layer 624 (or the printed LED layers shown in FIGS. 54D and 54E ) include LEDs printed on both sides of the substrate so that pulsed light is also emitted in a direction toward inner folded filter layer 626 and inner filter layer 628 .
- the pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light.
- the pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped within inner folded filter layer 626 and inner filter layer 628 —i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters.
- inner folded filter layer 626 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from printed LED layer 624 to inner filter layer 628 .
- pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC
- UVA, UVB or UVC may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects.
- a second printed LED layer (not shown) is positioned between the user and inner filter layer 628 and configured to emit pulsed light in a direction toward inner filter layer 628 and inner folded filter layer 626 .
- the pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light.
- the pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped within inner filter layer 628 and inner folded filter layer 626 —i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters.
- inner filter layer 628 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from the second printed LED layer to inner folded filter layer 626 .
- pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC
- UVA, UVB or UVC may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects.
- the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the respirator mask described above, and that other mask designs may also be used within the scope of the invention.
- the printed LED layer is removeably secured within the respirator mask in such a manner as to enable access to the printed LED layer.
- the printed LED layer may be positioned within a compartment that is closeable using Velcro® or any other suitable fastener, but which enables access to the compartment for removal of the printed LED layer. This configuration enables the printed LED layer to be inserted into a variety of different types of respirator masks.
- the respirator mask itself is disposable, the printed LED layer is re-useable in different masks following cleaning and decontamination.
- other types of light sources may also be used in accordance with the present invention.
- Any of the light devices described above may also be used in combination with detectors to verify the kill rates or to filter change points.
- the second and third embodiments directed to photoeradication of microorganisms from contaminated environments and food, respectively, it is possible to use strips or sheets of printed LEDs or OLEDs, high power LEDs or even tube lamps emitting modulated light in the UVA through blue spectral range. Certain of these strips or sheets may have rows of blue lamps in parallel or interspersed with white lamps or phosphor coated or Stokes conversion quantum dots or the like to produce white light.
- white light means light having a color temperature in the range of about 1700 kelvins (K) to about 9500 kelvins (K).
- the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with a drive circuit and microcontroller that provides a preprogrammed sequence of light pulses at a fixed dose during each irradiation session.
- the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the dose during a treatment session. Exemplary electronic circuits for both preprogrammed control and dynamic control of a light source are described in greater detail below.
- the controller will receive input from a lighting system or the opening or closing of a door in a refrigeration or storage unit to activate the pulsed purple or blue lights and provide the appropriate daily irradiation sequence.
- a vial of P. acnes was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) and cultures started according to ATCC recommendations. Briefly, under anaerobic conditions, the lyophilized pellet was rehydrated in 500 ⁇ L modified reinforced clostridial broth (pre-reduced) and transferred into another tube containing 5 mL clostridial broth. Test tubes were labelled as “Start Cultures” (SC) and 200 ⁇ L transferred onto a reinforced clostridial agar plate. The bacteria were streaked on the plates for isolation of single colonies by the “clock plate technique” to check colony morphology and purity.
- SC Start Cultures
- Both tube/plate were placed in an anaerobic chamber with BD Gas-Pak EZ anaerobic container system sachets. The anaerobic chamber was then placed inside a 37° C. incubator for 72 hours. After 72 hours of growth period, culture tubes were removed from the 37° C. incubator and tested for their susceptibility to irradiation with 450 nm blue light.
- a 5 mL liquid culture was grown for 3 days and 1 mL pipetted into a sterile microcentrifuge tube and centrifuged at 13,300 rpm for five minutes. The supernatant was removed and discarded. The pellet was re-suspended in 1 mL saline and optical density adjusted using McFarland standard to 0.8 to 1.0 at 625 nm for a concentration of 10 8 CFU/mL. The bacteria were diluted to a concentration of 1 ⁇ 10 6 CFU/mL and 2 ⁇ L streaked onto reduced clostridial agar plates (12 well plates were used, which enabled triplicate irradiations with 3 patches simultaneously) and irradiated in an anaerobic chamber with various protocols.
- a set of non-irradiated plates served as controls. After irradiation, plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber, along with a Gas-pak sachet and incubated at 37° C. for 72 hours. The colonies were then counted, percentage survival computed and morphology checked. Illumination times and intervals were optimized based on experimentation as to which dose and sequence provided the most effective kill rates.
- Standardized digital images of P. acnes colonies were taken 72 hours after incubation, with the camera positioned 10 cm perpendicularly above each plate to ensure consistency of colony magnification. Colonies were counted, and percent survival calculated, comparing irradiated groups and non-irradiated controls.
- a first series of experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with a 450 nm lighted substrate, an example of which is shown in FIG. 22 (described below).
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode and driven with a constant current source.
- the peak and average irradiances were the same, i.e., 4.5 mW/cm 2 , due to the continuous output.
- the bacteria were irradiated one, three or four times with different radiant exposures, as described below. Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated.
- FIGS. 1-4 The data is presented in FIGS. 1-4 .
- single irradiation of bacteria with radiant exposures of 20 J/cm 2 and 60 J/cm 2 produced statistically significant decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, with maximum reduction of 31% observed at 60 J/cm 2 .
- triple irradiation of bacteria with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 at 0, 24 and 48 hours reduced the percent survival to 62%, which was significantly different from the control.
- FIG. 3 when bacteria were irradiated four times with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours, a significant decrease in percent survival of 31% was observed when compared to the control.
- FIG. 4 illustrates the relationship between different radiant exposures for a double exposure occurring at 0 and 4 hours. Double irradiation of bacteria with radiant exposures of 30, 40, 45 and 60 J/cm 2 at 0 and 4 hours produced a significant dose dependent decrease in percent survival as the dose increased, with complete inactivation observed at 60 J/cm 2 .
- a second series of experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode, 33% DF pulsed mode, or 20% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was the same for all modes, i.e., 5 mW/cm 2 .
- the peak irradiance was 15 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode (i.e., three times higher than CW mode) and 25 mW/cm 2 in the 20% DF pulsed mode (i.e., five times higher than CW mode).
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and the pulse repetition rate was 33 kHz.
- the pulse duration was 5 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and the pulse repetition rate was 40 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated twice at 0 and 4 hours with different radiant exposures, as described below. Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated.
- FIGS. 5 and 6 The data is presented in FIGS. 5 and 6 .
- double irradiation of bacteria at 0 and 4 hours with a radiant exposure of 60 J/cm 2 in CW mode and 33% DF pulsed mode revealed marked decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, with maximum reduction to a percent survival of 2.2% observed in the 33% DF pulsed mode.
- FIG. 5 As illustrated in FIG. 5 , double irradiation of bacteria at 0 and 4 hours with a radiant exposure of 60 J/cm 2 in CW mode and 33% DF pulsed mode revealed marked decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, with maximum reduction to a percent survival of 2.2% observed in the 33% DF pulsed mode.
- a third series of experiments involved further testing with a change to the exposure schedule based on the findings described in FIG. 3 , i.e., that four irradiation exposures (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) provided the best kill rate at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 .
- These experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode or 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was selectable at 2 and 3.5 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode compared to an average irradiance of 5 mW/cm 2 in the CW mode.
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 . Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated.
- FIGS. 7-9 The data is presented in FIGS. 7-9 .
- irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed significant decreases in percent survival when compared to the control; however, no significant differences were observed between the doses.
- the CW mode behaved in a linear dose dependent fashion.
- a significant and unexpected result was obtained with respect to the 33% DF pulsed mode, i.e., there was no significant radiant exposure dependency on kill rates for different average irradiances of 2 and 3.5 mW/cm 2 .
- a novel treatment was discovered using two to four doses in sequence in the 33% DF pulsed mode at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- the tests were conducted using three different irradiation substrates (with the same power output) with each placed at the top of two wells on a 12 well plate. This enabled results to be obtained in triplicates (six sets of data for each experiment).
- plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber, along with a Gas-pak sachet and incubated at 37° C. for 72 hours. The colonies were then counted, percentage survival computed and morphology checked.
- a first experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 89.1%, 34.3% and 0.5%, respectively.
- the decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm 2 , between 5 and 20 J/cm 2 , and between 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- a second experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- irradiation of cultures four times (0, 3, 6 and 24 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 85.7%, 16.3% and 0.0%, respectively.
- the overall decrease in percent survival was higher than that seen in the first example.
- the decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm 2 , between 5 and 20 J/cm 2 , and between 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- a third experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated three times at 0, 3 and 6 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- irradiation of cultures three times using a shorter time interval (0, 3 and 6 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 60.9%, 11.7% and 0.2%, respectively.
- the decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm 2 , between 5 and 20 J/cm 2 , and between 10 and 20 J/cm 2 .
- a fourth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- a change in the irradiation schedule to three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 2.57%.
- a fifth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- a change in the irradiation schedule to three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 1.13%.
- the overall decrease in percent survival was higher than that seen in the fourth example when bacteria were irradiated over the course of three days (with all other parameters being the same).
- a sixth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- the overall decrease in percent survival was slightly higher than that seen in the fifth example when the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 (with all other parameters being the same).
- a seventh experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a complete bacterial eradication when compared to the control, i.e., 0.0%.
- the overall decrease in percent survival was the same as that seen in the sixth example when the irradiation was applied over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (with all other parameters being the same).
- An eighth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated eight times at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 .
- the irradiation of bacteria two times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of eight times (0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours) with a lower radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a slight decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 86.9%, which is significantly higher than that seen in the seventh example when the radiant exposure was 5 J/cm 2 and the irradiation was applied three times per day (with all other parameters being the same).
- a ninth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated ten times at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96, and 99 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 .
- the irradiation of bacteria two times per day, every three hours over the course of five days for a total of ten times (0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96, and 99 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 78.9%, which is just slightly lower than that seen in the eighth example when the irradiation was applied over the course of four days (with all other parameters being the same).
- a tenth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 .
- the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 32.6%, which is lower than that seen in the eighth and ninth examples.
- An eleventh experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 .
- a twelfth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 2 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 .
- the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm 2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 11.7%. Although the percentage survival was low, it was still higher than that seen in the eleventh example when the radiant exposure was 5 J/cm 2 (with all other parameters being the same).
- Irradiation protocols were optimized to yield 100% bacterial suppression of 1 ⁇ 10 6 CFU/mL P. acnes cultures.
- Optimal bacterial suppression of 100% was attained (i) when cultures were irradiated at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 (see Example 2), (ii) when cultures were irradiated three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance to 2 mW/cm 2 (see Example 6), and (iii) when cultures were irradiated three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm 2 and an average irradiance of 2
- the present invention allows for improved device performance with reduced battery requirements, a substantial reduction in treatment time, and improved patient safety due to a significant reduction in heat and optical hazard.
- GBS wild type strain COH1 was added to 3 mL of Todd Hewitt broth and grown aerobically overnight at 37° C. From the overnight cultures, 500 uL of GBS was added to fresh Todd Hewitt broth and grown logarithmically at 37° C. until reaching a concentration of 10 8 CFU/mL. The culture was then centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, the supernatant was removed and discarded, and 1 mL of fresh Todd Hewitt broth was added. Serial dilutions of NaCl were made to obtain a suspension of GBS diluted to a concentration of 1 ⁇ 10 4 CFU/mL. The GBS were streaked onto Todd Hewitt agar plates both with and without the addition of diluted porphyrins (different concentrations of PPIX or CP III).
- the plates were irradiated in a chamber using the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the plates subject to light treatment were irradiated three times at 0, 72 and 144 hours with a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 during each irradiation session (i.e., each irradiation session was 42 minutes with an incubation period there between of 30 minutes).
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and light; and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 33 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 87%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX, but without any irradiation did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 85%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 83%, which demonstrates that the concentration of PPIX was too low.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and 0.05 mg/mL PPIX showed significant decreases in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., 0% and 3%, respectively.
- the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of PPIX added to the GBS prior to irradiation.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and light; and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 34 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 81%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX, but without any irradiation showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 50%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX showed even more decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 37%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and 0.05 mg/mL PPIX showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival.
- the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of PPIX added to the GBS prior to irradiation, and also on the number of CFU/mL.
- the GBS were assigned to five experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III and light; and (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (6) ethanol only and (7) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 35 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III, but without any irradiation did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 84%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 78%, which demonstrates that the concentration of CP III was too low.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival.
- the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of CP III added to the GBS prior to irradiation.
- ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect.
- the GBS were assigned to five experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL CP III; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III and light; and (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (6) ethanol only and (7) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 36 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL CP III, but without any irradiation showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 74%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 17%.
- GBS wild type strain COH1 was added to 3 mL of Todd Hewitt broth and grown aerobically overnight at 37° C. From the overnight cultures, 500 uL of GBS was added to fresh Todd Hewitt broth and grown logarithmically at 37° C. until reaching a concentration of 108 CFU/mL. The culture was then centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, the supernatant was removed and discarded, and 1 mL of fresh Todd Hewitt broth was added.
- the culture was then split into three Eppendorf tubes—a first tube for GBS and second and third tubes for GBS with diluted porphyrins used for incubation. Diluted porphyrins (PPIX or CP III) were added into the second and third tubes and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. The third tube was then washed three times with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, and the supernatant was removed and discarded. Serial dilutions of NaCl were made to obtain a suspension of GBS diluted to a concentration of 1 ⁇ 10 4 CFU/mL. The GBS were streaked onto Todd Hewitt agar plates.
- PPIX or CP III phosphate-buffered saline
- the plates were irradiated in a chamber using the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in FIG. 22 .
- the lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode and driven with a constant current source.
- the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm 2 .
- the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz.
- the plates subject to light treatment were irradiated three times at 0, 72 and 144 hours with a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm 2 during each irradiation session (i.e., each irradiation session was 42 minutes with an incubation period therebetween of 30 minutes).
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 37 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 97%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 92%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 68%.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 38 . It should be noted that the results for Example 6 are similar to those of Example 5, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed)) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 39 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 60%.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 40 . It should be noted that the results for Example 8 are similar to those of Example 7, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 41 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 94%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a large decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 20%.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX also showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 54%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 6%, which suggests that the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 42 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival.
- GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III showed minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival, which suggests that the CP III was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 43 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 84%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 52%.
- GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 76%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 40%, which suggests that at least some of the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 44 . It should be noted that the results for Example 12 are similar to those of Example 11, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 45 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 95%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 50%.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 78%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 10%, which suggests that the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 46 . It should be noted that the results for Example 14 are similar to those of Example 13, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light.
- the results are shown in FIG. 47 . It should be noted that the results for Example 15 are similar to those of Examples 13 and 14, which is again indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 48 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 96%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated washed) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival, which suggests that the CP III was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 49 .
- irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%.
- irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival.
- GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 42%. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect.
- the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in FIG. 50 . It should be noted that the results for Example 18 are similar to those of Example 17, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data.
- MRSA was cultured in Tryptic soy broth (TSB) and divided into two groups of 1 ⁇ 10 8 CFU/mL. Each group was separately plated on Tryptic soy agar (TSA). One group was irradiated with a sub-lethal dose of 2.5 J/cm 2 of 33% pulsed 450 nm blue light, while the other group served as non-irradiated control. A sub-lethal dose was used to reduce the antimicrobial effect of blue light; otherwise, it would have photo-eradicated the entire bacterial culture. Irradiated and non-irradiated MRSA cultures were then placed in a 37° C. incubator for 24 hours.
- TSA Tryptic soy agar
- MRSA colonies obtained from both groups were resuspended in TSB, fixed and then processed for Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) and light microscopy using standard procedures, as shown in FIG. 55 . Samples were then sectioned and studied using a Zeiss light microscope and a Technai TEM.
- TEM Transmission Electron Microscopy
- FIG. 56 are light micrographs showing non-irradiated control MRSA (left panel) and irradiated MRSA (right panel).
- FIG. 57 provides evidence showing normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A and C) and disruption of normal cell division in MRSA irradiated with pulsed 450 nm blue light (B and D).
- a and C normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA
- B and D disruption of normal cell division in MRSA irradiated with pulsed 450 nm blue light
- FIG. 58 provides evidence showing structural damage to irradiated MRSA (B) compared to non-irradiated control MRSA (A).
- Control cells evinced high levels of metabolic activities in their cytoplasm and the nuclei, and this is evidenced by the fine distribution of intracellular content throughout the cell, as shown in FIG. 57 (A, C) and FIG. 58 (A).
- the treated cells shown in FIG. 57 (B, D) and FIG. 58 (B) have very dense clumps of nuclear material, suggestive of oxidative stress and low metabolism.
- the non-irradiated control MRSA of FIG. 57 (A, C) and FIG. 58 (A) can be seen undergoing normal cell division as expected of a healthy rapidly replicating bacterium, while cell division can be seen to be irregular and structurally disrupted in the irradiated MRSA of FIG.
- FIG. 57 (A) early in the cell replication cycle, non-irradiated control MRSA can be seen with indentations of the membrane (arrowed), an indication that the cell is in the early stage of dividing or replicating.
- non-irradiated control MRSA were seen with clear-cut cleavage furrows, as shown in FIG. 57 (C) and FIG. 58 (A).
- the cell membrane of irradiated MRSA appeared disrupted and irregular with no evidence of cell replication, as shown in FIG. 57 (B and D) and FIG. 58 (B).
- P. acnes gives off a florescence in the red spectrum of 600-700 nm (typically 620 nm to 640 nm) when illuminated with pulsed purple or blue light.
- porphyrins are excited (i.e., optically pumped) with each light pulse and, upon return to their ground state, create an oxidation reaction that produces free radicals which subsequently destroy mitochondrial membranes, DNA or other cellular structures, as described above.
- the feedback can be used to control the dose of light, e.g., irradiation would take place until the porphyrin level had reached a minimum point and would not begin until porphyrin recovery took place. This may take place as part of the replication cycle of the microorganism.
- the set-up used for irradiating the bacteria employed a 458 nm Ar-Ion laser assembly (Edmund optics, USA) delivering continuous wave (CW) light with spectral bandwidth of less than 1 nm and a total power of 150 mW.
- the original, divergent laser beam was collimated using a lens (focal length 35 mm) placed about 22 mm from the laser aperture.
- the final beam diameter was 15 mm with a cross-sectional area of 3 cm 2 , which approximately matched the area of the dish coated with concanavalin A.
- the sample was placed on a translation stage positioned about 25 cm from the collimating lens.
- the sample was placed onto an inverted microscope (Axio Observer—Z1, Carl Zeiss, Oberkochen, Germany) and illuminated through the back port of the microscope using a continuous wave Ar-Ion laser (Edmund Optics) with a 458 nm wavelength.
- the excitation light (0.5 mW) was focused by a 63 ⁇ water immersion objective with numerical aperture (NA) of 1.2.
- the microscope scanning head consisted of a computer-controlled OptiMiS TruLine (Aurora Spectral Technologies, Milwaukee, Wis., USA).
- OptiMiS detection module a commercial prototype of OptiMiS d-Lux
- OptiMiS d-Lux a galvanometric scanner used to descan the fluorescence beam which then falls on an electron multiplying charged coupled device (iXon3, Andor, Harbor, UK).
- This descanning concept allowed the use of OptiMiS as a confocal (rather than a two-photon) microscope. This in turn reduced the laser-induced photo-bleaching of the cellular fluorescence, which was critical in these experiments given the low intensity of the signal detected.
- the sample was scanned line by line. The line images were further reconstructed resulting in an image for each wavelength channel (total of 300 channels).
- the extraction of the porphyrin spectrum was performed by first measuring the spectrum of the emission from the bacteria and the spectrum of the media outside of the bacteria. Next, the spectrum of the media was subtracted from the bacterial emission spectrum while considering the emission ratios between the bacteria and the outside media. Finally, the resulting spectrum was fitted with two Gaussians as the emission has two humps.
- FIG. 24A depicts the porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light and detected using OptiMiS TruLine (Aurora Spectral Technologies, Milwaukee, Wis.).
- the peak wavelengths of the resulting emission were 619 nm and 670 nm for the two apparent humps.
- This emission is characteristic of cytochrome C which most likely is present in the acne bacteria.
- it may still contain some emission from different porphyrins such as coproporphyrins which may participate in the bacterial eradication mechanism.
- the free radical production by peroxides generated from porphyrins exposed to purple or blue light may alter DNA structure and lead to destruction of the bacteria during its replicative phase.
- the timing of light exposures during the replicative phase may have significant impact on the kill rates.
- the porphyrin depletion follows the dose parameters (approximately 30 minutes of irradiation at 3 mW/cm 2 ) which were found to be optimal for photoeradication of bacteria.
- the output was pulsed at a duty factor of 33% (10 microseconds on and 20 microseconds off) at an irradiance of 3 mW/cm 2 .
- a calibrated ocean optics OCEAN-FX-VIS-NIR-ES spectrometer was used to record the fluorescence. The dish was held in a light tight housing. The blue 450 nm excitation light was filtered to eliminate all wavelengths beyond 420 and 480 nm. A filter was used below the dish to eliminate any wavelengths below 510 nm.
- the extraction of the porphyrin spectrum was performed by first measuring the spectrum of the emission from the bacteria and the spectrum of the media outside of the bacteria. Next, the spectrum of the media was subtracted from the bacterial emission spectrum while considering the emission ratios between the bacteria and the outside media. The spectra were then plotted.
- FIG. 24C depicts the porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from a sample of Protoporphyrin IX excited with 450 nm printed LEDs on PET substrate and detected using an ocean optics OCEAN-FX-VIS-NIR-ES spectrometer in the same test set-up as FIG. 24B .
- the peak wavelengths of the resulting emission were 620 nm and 670 nm and 750 nm for the three apparent humps.
- This emission is similar to the initial porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light ( FIG. 24A ); however, it has a broader emission in the near infrared range.
- Dosage can thus be optimized by detecting the emission spectrum of porphyrins or other emissions from the targeted bacteria, measuring fluorescence depletion or recovery, determining the optimal excitation periods and recovery between treatment sessions, and calculating ideal irradiation parameters, including dosage, irradiance, fluence and treatment schedule. It is also possible that killing of different strains of bacteria can be optimized using this method. Ideal wavelengths to measure porphyrin depletion are shown to be in the 620-640 nm range and the 670 nm range from the data presented, which correlates well with our data shown in FIGS. 24A, 24B and 24C . Ideal wavelengths to measure other types of emissions can be determined by one skilled in the art.
- the light source may comprise various types of lasers, LEDs, PLEDs/LEPs), QDLEDs, or fluorescent tubes emitting light in the purple or blue spectral region (and optionally the red or infrared spectral region).
- the light source may directly illuminate the skin, tissue or other surface to be irradiated, such as a contaminated environment or food to be exposed to pulsed light.
- the light source may also be coupled by fiber optics or directly mounted to the edge of a lens-diffuser that redirects the light to the surface to be irradiated. These diffusers may contain numerous optical elements designed to diffuse and distribute the light evenly across the surface to be irradiated.
- the device may include an internal scattering layer of high index particles such as TiOx in a transparent photoresist or a micro-lens array (MLA) layer.
- the light sources may also be placed directly behind the diffuser or Fresnel lens at a sufficient distance to allow the production of a substantially uniform beam to be applied to the surface to be irradiated.
- the light source may be a combination of white light and purple or blue light, whereupon the purple or blue light is pulsed and the white light is continuous wave (CW). These different wavelengths can be applied simultaneously or sequentially to irradiate an infected environment or food.
- a preferred light source is provided in the form of a very thin layered structure.
- An example of this type of light source is shown generally as reference numeral 10 in FIG. 25 .
- Light source 10 is comprised of a plurality of layers 12 including a flexible light emitter 40 located between an anode 50 and a cathode 60 .
- a suitable power source is connected to light source 10 .
- Preferably, direct current (DC) or pulsed DC is used to power light source 10 .
- Light source 10 is substantially planar in its form, although it is preferably flexible and is more preferably conformable such that it may conform to the contours of the body, surfaces within a contaminated environment, or surfaces inside of a refrigeration or food display system.
- the overall thickness of light source 10 is typically about 10 mm or less (e.g., about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05 mm or less).
- Light source 10 produces light with an intensity that is substantially constant across the surface of the device so as to provide substantially uniform light emission.
- the light source may comprise, for example, organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) or printed light emitting diodes (printed LEDs) (organic or inorganic) commonly referred to as LED ink.
- OLEDs organic light emitting diodes
- LEDs printed light emitting diodes
- the light source is capable of decreasing hot spots on the surface of a subject's skin or tissue to provide a safer delivery of light to a subject.
- a substantially uniform dose of light across the surface of the device ensures that all of the skin, tissue, surface or food is effectively treated with the same dose of light.
- FIG. 22 shows an example of a light source that includes a plurality of light emitting diodes 42 printed on a flexible PET (polyethylene terephthalate)-ITO coated film 44 (referred to herein as a printed LED flexible lamp or a lighted substrate).
- the light emitting diodes 42 are printed in hexagon-shaped LED clusters at a density of 2.5 LEDS/mm 2 .
- the LED clusters could have other shapes, the LEDS could be printed across the entire surface of the film, and/or the LEDs could be printed in other densities in accordance with the present invention.
- flexible light emitter 40 comprises a printed LED film that is laminated to a quantum dot film.
- all of the light emitting diodes of the printed LED film (such as light emitting diodes 42 shown in FIG. 22 ) are configured to emit purple or blue light.
- the quantum dot film comprises a slurry of quantum dots (including cadmium-free quantum dots (CFQDs)) coated on a flexible film and then another flexible film is placed thereon in order to seal the quantum dots between the two films.
- the CFQDs could be coated on the printed LED substrate with a barrier coating or film applied to the outer side in order to prevent oxidation of the CFQDs.
- the quantum dots are configured to convert purple or blue light to red or infrared light upon receipt of the pulsed purple or blue light from the printed LED film so as to maintain the same pulse characteristics for both the red or infrared light and the purple or blue light.
- Various densities of quantum dots can be used to control the percentage of light converted from purple or blue light to red or infrared light.
- the percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light range from 20% purple or blue light/80% red or infrared light to 80% purple or blue light/20% red or infrared light.
- the purple or blue light emitting diodes and the quantum dots are evenly distributed across the surface of the device so as to provide a substantially uniform emission of purple or blue and red or infrared light.
- flexible light emitter 40 comprises only a printed LED film (i.e., a quantum dot film is not used in this embodiment).
- the light emitting diodes of the printed LED film (such as light emitting diodes 42 shown in FIG. 22 ) comprise a combination of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes that are printed on a flexible film (such as flexible film 44 shown in FIG. 22 ) in a checkerboard or grid-like pattern.
- the respective number of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes can be chosen to achieve the desired levels of purple or blue and red or infrared light.
- the percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light preferably range from 20% purple or blue light/80% red or infrared light to 80% purple or blue light/20% red or infrared light.
- the purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes are evenly distributed across the surface of the device so as to provide a substantially uniform emission of purple or blue and red or infrared light.
- each of the purple or blue light and red or infrared light will be a percentage of the total irradiance and radiant exposure discussed above, as determined by the density of the quantum dots (for the first embodiment discussed above) or the respective numbers of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes (for the second embodiment discussed above), or the drive current applied respectively to the purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes by the driving device.
- the desired levels of purple or blue light and red or infrared light may be selectively achieved for a particular light treatment.
- flexible light emitter 40 comprises OLEDs laminated to a quantum dot film, wherein the OLEDs emit purple or blue light and the quantum dot film converts a portion of the purple or blue light to red or infrared light.
- flexible light emitter 40 comprises OLEDS that emit both purple or blue and red or infrared light. It can be appreciated that these embodiments are similar to the two embodiments described above, with the exception that the printed LED film is replaced with the OLEDs.
- flexible light emitter 40 comprises printed LED film or OLEDS that emit only purple or blue light.
- the light source may be in the form of an array, patch, pad, mask, wrap, fiber, bandage or cylinder, for example.
- the light source may have a variety of shapes and sizes.
- the light source may be square, rectangular, circular, butterfly-shaped, elliptical, clover-shaped, oblong, crescent/moon-shaped, or any other shape that is suitable for a particular application. Examples of suitable light sources are generally illustrated in FIGS. 26A and 26B , as well as the light devices shown in FIGS. 51 and 52 .
- the overall surface area of one side of the light source may range from, for example, 1 cm 2 to 1 m 2 , or in panels placed together to cover larger areas, although typically the surface area is about 1 to 2000 cm 2 (e.g., about 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100, 121, 144, 169, 196, 225, 289, 324, 361, 400, 441, 484, 529, 576, 625, 676, 729, 784, 841, 900, 961, 1024, 1089, 1156, 122, 1296, 1369, 1444, 1521, 1600, 1681, 1764, 1849, 1936 or 2000 cm 2 or some range therebetween).
- 2000 cm 2 e.g., about 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100, 121, 144, 169, 196, 225, 289, 324, 361, 400, 441, 484, 529, 576, 625, 676, 729, 784, 841,
- the light source is thus well adapted to be applied to various areas of the subject's body, for example, the face, forehead, cheek, back, wrist and the like.
- the light source may also be applied other types of surfaces, such as surfaces within a contaminated environment or surfaces inside of a refrigeration or food display system.
- the light source includes a substrate.
- the substrate may be any substance capable of supporting the various layers of the light source.
- the substrate is preferably flexible and/or conformable to a surface in which the light source will be used, such as the contours of a subject's body, surfaces within a contaminated environment, or surfaces inside of a refrigeration, food display or processing system.
- the substrate can comprise, for example, an inorganic material, an organic material, or a combination of inorganic and organic materials.
- the substrate may be, for example, made from metals, plastics or glass.
- the substrate may be any shape to support the other components of the light source, for example, the substrate may be substantially flat or planar, curved, or have portions that are substantially flat portions and curved portions.
- the substrate is transparent, flexible, and conformable in nature.
- the material is a latex-free, non-toxic, non-allergenic material, which is resistant to UV, sunlight and most infection control products.
- the term “transparent” generally means transparency for light and includes both clear transparency as well as translucency. Generally, a material is considered transparent if at least about 50%, preferably about 60%, more preferably about 70%, more preferably about 80% and still more preferably about 90% of the light illuminating the material can pass through the material.
- the term “opaque” generally refers to a material in which the light is substantially absorbed or reflected, e.g., at least 90% of the light is absorbed or reflected, and typically at least 95% of the light is absorbed or reflected.
- the substrate may be comprised of a silicon-based material, rubber, thermoplastic elastomers (TTP), or other polymeric material, such as polyester, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyacryl, polyether sulfone (PES), etc.
- TTP thermoplastic elastomers
- polymeric material such as polyester, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyacryl, polyether sulfone (PES), etc.
- Transparent substrates may include, for example, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, polyimide (PI), polyetherimide (PEI), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, PVC, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylbutyral, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, as well as fluoropolymers, such as, fluorinated ethylene-propylene (FEP), tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymers, polyvinyl fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropyl ene copolymers, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyester, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, polyimide or polyether imide.
- the transparent substrate is a polyester film, such as Mylar.
- the substrate comprises a poly-theretherketone film commercially available from Victrex under the name APTIV.
- the substrate is a thin film sold under the name Flexent by Konica Minolta or flexible glass such as Willow Glass by Dow Corning. Ideally, substrates in direct or indirect contact with organic layers will have exceptional barrier capabilities that withstand heat, offer flexibility, have sustained reliability and can be mass produced,
- the light source comprises a plurality of conductive layers (i.e., electrodes), namely, a cathode and an anode.
- the anode may comprise, for example, a transparent conductive oxide (TCO), such as, but not limited to, indium tin oxide (ITO), zinc oxide (ZnO), and the like.
- TCO transparent conductive oxide
- ITO indium tin oxide
- ZnO zinc oxide
- the cathode may also comprise, for example, a thin metal film or fibers such as aluminum, copper, gold, molybdenum, iridium, magnesium, silver, lithium fluoride and alloys thereof, or a non-metal conductive layer.
- the transparent electrode is positioned on the side of the light source designed to be facing the surface to be irradiated.
- the top electrode i.e., the electrode facing away from the surface
- the top electrode may thus comprise an opaque or light-reflective metal layer having a high electrical conductivity. Where a top electrode does not need to be transparent, using a thicker layer may provide better conductivity, and using a reflective electrode may increase the amount of light emitted through the transparent electrode by reflecting light back towards the transparent electrode. Fully transparent light sources may also be fabricated, where both electrodes are transparent.
- each electrode is typically about 200 nm or less (e.g., about 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30 nm or less).
- the thickness of each electrode is less than 10 nm (e.g., about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.8, 0.6, 0.4, 0.2 nm or less or some range therebetween).
- the conductive materials of one or both of the electrodes may include, but are not limited to, transparent conductive polymer materials, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO), ZnO—Ga2O3, ZnO—Al 2 O 3 , SnO2-Sb2O3, and polythiophene.
- the electrodes may be comprised of silver or copper grids or bushbars plated on a transparent substrate or silver nanowires or nanoparticles deposited on a substrate with a poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) poly(styrenesulfonate) (PEDOT:PSS) coating. Additional conductive polymer layers may be added to improve conductivity.
- the transparent conductive electrode may be carbon-based, for example, carbon nanotubes, carbon nanowires, or graphene, and the like.
- One preferred electrode (typically for infrared) comprises graphene. While one or two layers of graphene are preferred, the electrode may comprise about 1 to 20 layers of graphene (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 layers or some range therebetween).
- the graphene electrode(s) also have the effect of protecting the photoactive layer sandwiched between them from oxidation. Therefore, environmental stability of the light source can be improved.
- the graphene electrode may optionally have a plurality of plasmonic nanostructures, which may have various morphologies (spherical, rods, discs, prisms, etc.).
- Exemplary nanostructures include those made of gold, silver, copper, nickel, and other transition metals, for example gold nanoparticles, silver nanoparticles, copper nanoparticles, nickel nanoparticles, and other transition metal nanoparticles.
- any electrically conductive materials, such as oxides and nitrides, of surface plasmonic resonance frequencies in the visible spectrum can be made into plasmonic nanostructures for the same purpose.
- the plasmonic particles have the size of about 1 nm to about 300 nm (e.g., about 10, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 nm, or some range therebetween).
- the light source includes a thin light emitter that may comprise, for example, OLEDs or printed LEDs (organic or inorganic).
- the thickness of the light emitter is preferably about 2 mm or less (e.g., about 2, 1.8, 1.6, 1.4, 1.2, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, 0.01 mm or less).
- the flexible light emitter is about 10 to 200 nm in thickness (e.g., about 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 nm, or some range therebetween).
- the light emitter is preferably flexible and emits light in response to an electric current applied to the anode and cathode.
- the light source may comprise OLEDs in which the flexible light emitter is a thin organic film.
- organic with respect to OLEDs encompasses polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices. Such materials are well known in the art.
- Small molecule refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and it will be appreciated that “small molecules” may actually be quite large. “Small molecules” may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the “small molecule” class.
- “Small molecules” may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. “Small molecules” may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety. The core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter. A dendrimer may be a “small molecule,” and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules. In general, a “small molecule” has a well-defined chemical formula with a single molecular weight, whereas a polymer has a chemical formula and a molecular weight that may vary from molecule to molecule.
- the flexible light emitter electrons and holes recombine to radiate photons.
- the radiative photon energy emitted from the flexible light emitter corresponds to the energy difference between the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) level and the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) level of the organic material.
- Photons of lower energy/longer wavelength may be generated by higher-energy photons through fluorescent or phosphorescent processes.
- the flexible light emitter may optionally include one or more of a hole injection material (HIM), a hole transport material (HTM), a hole blocking material (HBM), an electron injection material (EIM), an electron transport material (ETM), an electron blocking material (EBM), and/or an exciton blocking material (ExBM).
- HIM hole injection material
- HTM hole transport material
- HBM hole blocking material
- EIM electron injection material
- ETM electron transport material
- EBM electron blocking material
- ExBM exciton blocking material
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole injection material (HIM).
- HIM refers to a material or unit capable of facilitating holes (i.e., positive charges) injected from an anode into an organic layer.
- a HIM has a HOMO level comparable to or higher than the work function of the anode, i.e., ⁇ 5.3 eV or higher.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole transport material (HTM).
- HTM has the characteristic of a material or unit capable of transporting holes (i.e., positive charges) injected from a hole injecting material or an anode.
- a HTM has usually high HOMO, typically higher than ⁇ 5.4 eV. In many cases, HIM can also function as HTM, depending on the adjacent layer.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole blocking material (HBM).
- HBM generally refers to a material that, if deposited adjacent to an emitting layer or a hole transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the holes from flowing through. Usually it has a lower HOMO as compared to the HOMO level of the HTM in the adjacent layer. Hole-blocking layers are frequently inserted between the light-emitting layer and the electron-transport layer.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron injection material (EIM).
- EIM generally refers to a material capable of facilitating electrons (i.e., negative charges) injected from a cathode into an organic layer.
- the EIM usually has a LUMO level comparable to or lower than the working function of the cathode. Typically, the EIM has a LUMO lower than ⁇ 2.6 eV.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron transport material (ETM).
- ETM generally refers to a material capable of transporting electrons (i.e., negative charges) injected from an EIM or a cathode.
- the ETM has usually a low LUMO, typically lower than ⁇ 2.7 eV.
- an EIM can serve as an ETM as well, depending on the adjacent layer.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron blocking material (EBM).
- EBM generally refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive or electron transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the electron from flowing through. Usually it has a higher LUMO as compared to the LUMO of the ETM in the adjacent layer.
- the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an exciton blocking material (ExBM).
- An ExBM generally refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emitting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the excitons from diffusing through. ExBM should have either a higher triplet level or singlet level as compared to the emitting layer or other adjacent layer.
- OLED materials are described in Hammond et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2010/0179469; Pan et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2013/0006119; Buchholz et al., PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2012/010238; and Adamovich et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2007/0247061.
- a typical sequence of materials found in the flexible light emitter between the anode and the cathode of the OLED is HIM, HTM, emission layer, HBM, and ETM.
- Another typical sequence of materials is HTM, emission layer, and ETM.
- the OLED may comprise one or more interlayers.
- the flexible light emitter comprises a single layer.
- the flexible light emitter may comprise, for example, a conjugated polymer which is luminescent, a hole-transporting polymer doped with electron transport molecules and a luminescent material, or an inert polymer doped with hole transporting molecules and a luminescent material.
- the flexible light emitter may also comprise an amorphous film of luminescent small organic molecules which can be doped with other luminescent molecules.
- the flexible light emitter may comprise one or more different emissive materials in either the same emission layer or in different emission layers.
- the flexible light emitter may comprise 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 radiation emitting materials.
- the various different emissive materials may be selected from the emissive materials described in the references set forth above, but any other suitable emissive material can be employed. If two emissive materials are used in one emission layer, the absorption spectrum of one of the two emissive materials preferably overlaps with the emission spectrum of the other emissive material.
- the emissive materials may be arranged in stacked layers or side-by-side configurations.
- the emissive layer may comprise a continuous region forming a single emitter or a plurality of light emitters.
- the plurality of light emitters may emit light with substantially different wavelengths.
- the plurality of light emitters may be vertically stacked within the emissive layer or they may form a mixture.
- a dopant is dispersed within an organic host matrix.
- a layer of quantum dots is sandwiched between two organic thin films.
- the flexible light emitter may comprise a plurality of layers sharing a common anode and/or cathode.
- individual layers are stacked one on top of another.
- the stacked configuration may generally include intermediate electrodes disposed between adjacent layers such that successive layers share an intermediate electrode, i.e., a top electrode of one layer is the bottom electrode of another in the stack.
- the stacked layers may be formed of different materials, and therefore, different emissions spectra.
- the flexible light emitter may be substantially transparent. When mostly transparent layers are used, a plurality of emissive layers may be vertically stacked without substantially blocking light emission from individual layers.
- the flexible light emitter may comprise a single or multiple layers, for example, a combination of p- and n-type materials. The p- and n-type materials may be bonded to each other in the layer. The bonding may be ionic or covalent bonding, for example.
- the multiple layers of the flexible light emitter may form heterostructures therebetween.
- the light source may comprise printed LEDs (organic or inorganic), i.e., LED ink.
- LED ink With LED ink, each light source is very small which enables the LEDs to be positioned in very close proximity to each other.
- the LEDs may be printed in a uniform manner whereby each LED operates as a point source in which the beams from the individual LEDs are substantially parallel to each other to provide substantially uniform light across the surface of the device. Unlike conventional LEDs, printed LEDs do not need to be positioned a sufficient distance from the surface to be irradiated in order to deliver a substantially uniform dose of light. There are several known methods for printing such LEDs, as described below.
- a plurality of individual LEDs are suspended and dispersed in a liquid or gel comprising one or more solvents and a viscosity modifier so as to form a diode ink that is capable of being printed on a flexible substrate (e.g., through screen printing, flexographic printing and the like).
- the average surface area concentration of LEDs is from about 25 to 50,000 LEDs per square centimeter.
- each LED includes a light emitting region, a first metal terminal located on a first side of the light emitting region, and a second metal terminal located on a second side of the light emitting region.
- the first and second metal terminals of each LED may be electrically coupled to conductive layers (i.e., electrodes) to enable the light emitting region to emit light when energized.
- FIG. 28 An exemplary light source is shown generally in FIG. 28 , wherein only five LEDs are provided in order to simplify the description.
- this device includes a plurality of conductors 80 a - 80 e deposited on a flexible substrate 82 .
- a plurality of LEDs 84 a - 84 e are deposited on the conductors 80 a - 80 e such that the first metal terminals of the LEDs 84 a - 84 e are electrically coupled to the conductors 80 a - 80 e .
- the LEDs 84 a - 84 e may be formed of various shapes.
- the LEDs 84 a - 84 e settle into a position over conductors 80 a - 80 e such that they maintain their polarity based on the shape of the LEDs.
- a plurality of dielectric layers 86 a - 86 e are deposited over the LEDs 84 a - 84 e and the conductors 80 a - 80 e , as shown.
- Another conductor 88 is then deposited over the LEDs 84 a - 84 e and dielectric layers 86 a - 86 e such that the second metal terminals of the LEDs 84 a - 84 e are coupled to the conductor 88 .
- the substrate 82 and conductors 80 a - 80 e may be transparent so that light is emitted from the bottom of the device and/or conductor 82 may be transparent so that light is emitted from the top of the device.
- Various configurations of printed LEDs that may be manufactured in accordance with the above method are described in Lowenthal et al., U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,879.
- the light source comprises LEDs that are created through a printing process.
- a substrate is provided that includes a plurality of spaced-apart channels.
- a plurality of first conductors are formed on the substrate such that each first conductor is positioned in one of the channels.
- a plurality of substantially spherical substrate particles are coupled to the first conductors and, then the substantially spherical substrate particles are converted into a plurality of substantially spherical diodes.
- the substantially spherical diodes may comprise, for example, semiconductor LEDs, organic LEDs encapsulated organic LEDs, or polymer LEDs.
- a plurality of second conductors are then formed on the substantially spherical diodes.
- a plurality of substantially spherical lenses suspended in a polymer are deposited over the substantially spherical diodes and the second conductors.
- the LED's are built up on the substrate as opposed to being mounted on the substrate.
- Various configurations of printable LEDs that may be manufactured in accordance with the above method are described in Ray et al., U.S. Pat. No. 8,384,630.
- the light source is comprised of printed LEDs having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m, silver electrodes each of which has a thickness of 5-10 ⁇ m with a transparent silver fiber having a thickness of 0.05-5 ⁇ m, and a PET substrate having a thickness of 125 ⁇ m.
- the light source may optionally include a light dispersion layer, such as a micro-lens array.
- a light dispersion layer such as a micro-lens array.
- the device may include an internal scattering layer of high index particles such as TiOx in a transparent photoresist or a micro-lens array (MLA) layer.
- MLA micro-lens array
- Exemplary MLAs and methods for forming the same are described in Gardner et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2004/01217702; Chari et al. U.S. Pat. No. 7,777,416; Xu et al., U.S. Pat. No.
- the light source may optionally include one or more encapsulation or barrier layers that isolate the light emitter (or other layers) from an ambient environment.
- the encapsulation or barrier layer is preferably substantially impermeable to moisture and oxygen. In general, the moisture and oxygen sensitive components should be enclosed by materials having gas permeation properties.
- the barrier preferably achieves low water vapor permeation rates of 10 ⁇ 4 g/m 2 /day or less, 10 ⁇ 5 g/m 2 /day or less, and even more preferably about 10 ⁇ 6 g/m 2 /day or less.
- the encapsulation or barrier layer may be glass or a plastic, for example.
- Exemplary materials include a polyetheretherketone film commercially available from Victrex under the name APTIV.
- the substrate is a thin film sold under the name Flexent by Konica Minolta or flexible glass such as Willow Glass by Dow Corning. Ideally, substrates in direct contact with organic layers will have exceptional barrier capabilities that withstand heat, offer flexibility, have sustained reliability and can be mass produced.
- the light source may be further covered with a transparent or semi-transparent covering.
- the covering may provide comfort for a subject using the light source.
- the covering may provide protection to the light source, keeping dirt and fluid off of the device and providing a cushion to protect the device from impact.
- a layer of quantum dots is used between the light emitting surface and the surface to be irradiated in order to convert all or a portion of the light emission into a different wavelength.
- the wavelength is typically down converted to a longer wavelength (Stokes conversion). For example, purple or blue light may be converted into red light at 630 nm.
- Quantum dots may contain cadmium or may be organic and cadmium free. Wavelength conversion may occur with many wavelengths thus providing an additional or multiple wavelengths from a fixed wavelength source.
- Quantum dots may also be embedded into the hydrogel used to connect the light source to the surface to be irradiated, such as a skin or tissue surface.
- This may consist of a film or encapsulated quantum dots layered on the surface of the hydrogel or the light emitting surface of the lamp.
- Various densities of quantum dots can be used to control the percentage of light converted from one wavelength to another. For example, testing was performed using 50% and 75% blue light and 50% and 25% red light in bacterial kill experiments. This combination had an effect on the killing of P. acnes and may be added to enhance the anti-inflammatory effects of the light due to the addition of red light.
- the quantum dot converts light as it receives the incident light so the continuous or pulse characteristic of the light is maintained.
- the light source has a “bottom” light emitting configuration or a “top” light emitting configuration.
- FIG. 29 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a light source 110 with a “bottom” light emitting configuration.
- Light source 110 comprises a flexible light emitter 140 located between an anode 150 and a cathode 160 , all of which are formed on a transparent substrate 120 .
- a power source (not shown) is provided so that DC or pulsed DC is used to power the light source.
- a transparent barrier layer 180 protects the flexible light emitter 140 from moisture and oxygen.
- the flexible light emitter 140 comprises an OLED or printed LEDs. Both the substrate 120 and the anode 150 are transparent.
- the substrate is comprised of a transparent silicon rubber.
- the anode 150 is comprised of ITO. Light generated from the flexible light emitter 140 is emitted through the transparent anode 150 and substrate 120 such that the device has a “bottom” light emitting configuration.
- the cathode 160 is comprised of a conductive metal such as silver.
- the barrier layer is comprised of Flexent film (Konica Minolta).
- FIG. 30 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a light source 210 with a “top” light emitting configuration.
- Light source 210 comprises a flexible light emitter 240 located between an anode 250 and a cathode 260 , all of which are formed on a bottom surface 222 of a substrate 220 (i.e., the surface facing towards a surface to be irradiated).
- a power source (not shown) is provided so that DC or pulsed DC is used to power the light source.
- a transparent barrier layer 280 protects the flexible light emitter 240 from moisture and oxygen.
- the flexible light emitter 240 comprises an OLED or printed LEDs.
- the substrate 220 comprises a Mylar film and a silver nanolayer is coated on its bottom side to form the cathode 260 of the light source.
- the silver nanolayer is highly reflective to the light generated by the flexible light emitter 240 such that the light is directed towards the surface to be irradiated.
- Both the barrier layer 280 and the anode 250 are transparent.
- the barrier layer 280 is comprised of Willow transparent flexible glass (Dow Corning).
- the anode 250 is comprised of ITO. Light generated from the flexible light emitter 240 is emitted through the transparent anode 250 and barrier layer 280 such that the device has a “top” light emitting configuration.
- a transparent hydrogel, silicone membrane or adhesive layer such as Dow silicone PSA or double-sided adhesive tape layer is applied between the light emitting surface of the lamp to attach it to the surface to be irradiated, such as a skin or tissue surface.
- This layer may be a single use disposable in cases where certain microorganisms are able to penetrate the hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layer.
- the hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layer is not suitable for re-use due to the infection control requirements and non-transmittal of infection back to the user or subsequent users of the device.
- this layer may be used multiple times in cases where there is no microorganism penetration. For example, studies have shown that certain bacteria do not grow on the surface of a hydrogel or silicone layer.
- the hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layers may also contain additional anti-bacterials and substances suitable to enhance tissue regeneration for use in wound healing.
- the double-sided transparent adhesive tape may be, for example, 3M 9964 Clear Polyester Diagnostic Microfluidic Medical Tape (3M.com).
- 3M.com 3M 9964 Clear Polyester Diagnostic Microfluidic Medical Tape
- Various hydrogels and silicones are available based on the adhesion requirements for various skin types and wound dressings.
- the light source is driven and controlled by an electronic circuit that includes, for example, a power supply, drive circuit and control module.
- the electronic circuit may be provided in a separate housing electrically connected to the light source or may be built into the flexible material that mounts the light source.
- the power supply may be any power supply capable of supplying sufficient power to activate the light source.
- the power supply may comprise a disposable or rechargeable battery, solar cell, fuel cell, an adapter, or may be powered by the power grid.
- the battery may be a printed battery, flexible lithium-ion primary or secondary cells, carbon nanotube, electrochemical inks, or other flexible organic or inorganic primary or secondary cells using non-toxic or limited toxicity materials. In some embodiments, the battery is roll-to-roll printed on the lamp substrate.
- the light source is preferably driven by DC or pulsed DC.
- One skilled in the art will understand that the output voltages and current levels of the DC or pulsed DC control the peak output of each layer of the device, which in combination with the treatment time control the dose.
- FIG. 31 is a block diagram of an exemplary system in which the light source and light source drive circuit are controlled by a microcontroller (discussed below) in accordance with a preprogrammed treatment cycle that provides a sequence of light at a fixed dose or wavelength based on the patch configuration.
- the microcontroller may be preprogrammed for treatment of a specific disorder, such as acne.
- the microcontroller may control the light source by adjusting the activation and deactivation of the light source, voltage, current, light wavelength, pulse width, duty factor, and light treatment time.
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that other operating parameters may also be controlled by the microcontroller in accordance with the present invention.
- the microcontroller is also connected to one or more I/O devices, such as an LED that provides an indication of whether the light source is on/off or an audio buzzer that alerts the user upon completion of a particular treatment.
- I/O devices such as an LED that provides an indication of whether the light source is on/off or an audio buzzer that alerts the user upon completion of a particular treatment.
- An on/off switch may also be provided to power the light source.
- the system may be used in a number of treatment (irradiation) sessions that together result in an overall treatment time.
- the microcontroller may include at least one timer configured to measure session time and overall treatment time or both.
- the timer may be used simply to monitor the session time or overall treatment time or may be used to deactivate the light source after completion of a session or overall treatment.
- the timer may also be used to provide sequential treatments for automatic dosing in a wound care dressing, for example.
- a real time clock associated with the system can monitor the treatments and track/manage treatment sequences and dosing.
- FIG. 32 is a block diagram of an exemplary system in which the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the light source during a treatment (irradiation) session.
- the electronic circuit is similar to that shown and described in connection with FIG. 31 , with the addition of one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to the microcontroller.
- a photo sensor could be used to detect porphyrins or other spectra related to the inactivation of the bacteria that emit light within the red or other wavelength portion of the fluorescent spectrum, as discussed above.
- An exemplary sensor is a photo sensor used to detect porphyrins that emit light within the red or other portion of the fluorescent spectrum in applications involving the photoeradication of P. acnes with pulsed purple or blue light or other spectra related to the inactivation of the bacteria.
- the photo sensor may comprise, for example, a photo detector with a sharp purple or blue notch filter and a bandpass filter that is used to detect the red or other wavelength portion of the fluorescent spectrum. This would be monitored during treatment and as it decayed to a preset threshold the pulsed purple or blue light stimulation would be turned off. From time to time, the system would turn on to see if the porphyrin levels would return to a high enough level to induce microorganism kill upon exposure to pulsed purple or blue light.
- Other types of sensors may also be used in accordance with the invention. Certain sensors may be built into the layers of the device, while other sensors may be applied to the skin or other surface to be irradiated or may be built into the illuminator.
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of and claims priority to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/826,229, filed on Mar. 21, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of and claims priority to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/205,182, filed on Nov. 29, 2018, which is a continuation-in-part of and claims priority to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/955,773, filed on Apr. 18, 2018, which is a continuation of and claims priority to PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2017/034396, filed on May 25, 2017, which is based on and claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/341,691, filed on May 26, 2016, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Not applicable.
- Not applicable.
- Various devices for delivering light to a region of skin for therapeutic or cosmetic purposes are known in the art. The use of phototherapy, in particular blue light, as an armamentarium for antimicrobial activity has been of great interest, particularly since Enwemeka et al., first reported in 2007 that 405 nm and 470 nm light inactivate the methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) bacteria. Current research indicates that bacteria kill rate is tied to the intensity and total amount of irradiation energy; that is, the higher the intensity used and the higher the total energy of irradiation, the better the bacteria kill rate. For example, conventional light emitting diodes (LEDs) operating in a continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation have been used to deliver light at high irradiances and radiant exposures to increase bacteria kill rates. However, there is a risk that these high irradiances and radiant exposures may damage other tissues in the region under treatment through thermal or photochemical effects or may provide a significant optical hazard to the subject undergoing treatment.
- The present invention is directed to a system and method for photoeradication of microorganisms from a target using pulsed purple or blue light. In some embodiments, the target includes an endogenous or exogenous photoactive molecule in which (a) the light pulses have a peak irradiance and a pulse duration sufficient to optically excite the photoactive molecule and (b) the light pulses are separated by an off time sufficient to allow the photoactive molecule to return to a ground state creating an oxidation reaction that produces free radicals which destroy a cellular structure of all or a portion of the microorganisms. In other embodiments, the target is irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light so as to destroy the RNA or DNA genomes of all or a portion of the microorganisms.
- In a first embodiment, the target comprises a region of skin, tissue, a wound, or cells of a human or animal body that are infected by various types of microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses or fungi. The infected skin, tissue, wound or cells are treated by irradiating the target with pulsed purple or blue light. Preferably, the pulsed purple or blue light is provided at specified pulse parameters, dosages and time intervals so as to inactivate all or a portion of the microorganisms at low irradiances and radiant exposures compared to those of a continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation. As a result, it is believed that the microorganisms can be inactivated without damage to other tissues or cells in the region under treatment. In some cases, the target is a host cell subject to viral invasion that is destroyed without disrupting non-invaded cells.
- In a second embodiment, the target comprises an environment contaminated with various types of microorganisms, such as methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) or viruses such as SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63. The contaminated environment may comprise, for example, a locker room, a public or private restroom, an airplane, a school, a beach, a playground, a playing field, a hospital or a clinical environment. The contaminated environment is irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light as discussed above so as to photoeradicate the microorganisms and thereby sanitize the area.
- In a third embodiment, the target comprises food under storage or transport conditions that is contaminated with microorganisms, such as Salmonella spp., E. coli, Listeria spp, norovirus (NoV) (which is part of the Caliciviridae family), or hepatitis A. The food may be contained within, for example, a refrigeration system, a food display system, a food storage area, or a food processing system. The food is irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light as discussed above so as to photoeradicate the microorganisms and thereby enhance shelf-life and reduce the potential for significant infection transmission to human and animal populations.
- Various exemplary embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the attached drawing figures, as described below.
-
FIG. 1 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 20 and 60 J/cm2; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and single irradiation at 0 hours. -
FIG. 2 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 3 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 4 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 30, 40, 45 and 60 J/cm2; irradiance of 4.5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours. -
FIG. 5 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 60 J/cm2; average irradiance of 5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation and pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours. -
FIG. 6 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation and pulsed mode of irradiation (33% and 20% duty factors); and multiple irradiation at 0 and 4 hours. -
FIG. 7 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 8 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3.5 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 9 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; irradiance of 5 mW/cm2; continuous wave (CW) mode of irradiation; and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 10 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours. -
FIG. 11 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours. -
FIG. 12 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3 and 6 hours. -
FIG. 13 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours. -
FIG. 14 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours. -
FIG. 15 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours. -
FIG. 16 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours. -
FIG. 17 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours. -
FIG. 18 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96 and 99 hours. -
FIG. 19 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours. -
FIG. 20 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours. -
FIG. 21 is a graph depicting P. acnes survival when irradiated with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2; average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours. -
FIG. 22 illustrates a plurality of light emitting diodes printed on a flexible film (referred to herein as a printed LED flexible lamp or a lighted substrate) that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention; -
FIG. 23 is a schematic illustration depicting an experimental set-up used in bacteria irradiation with a 458 nm laser light. -
FIG. 24A is a graph depicting porphyrin emission extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light. -
FIG. 24B is a graph depicting porphyrin fluorescence emission extracted from P. acnes excited with 450 nm light from the printed LED flexible lamp shown inFIG. 22 at an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 10, 20 and 30 minutes. -
FIG. 24C is a graph depicting porphyrin emission extracted from a sample of Protoporphyrin IX excited with 450 nm light from the printed LED flexible lamp shown inFIG. 22 . -
FIG. 25 illustrates the general structure of a light source in the form of a very thin layered structure that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention. -
FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate various exemplary shapes of light sources that are suitable for use in the light source ofFIG. 25 . -
FIG. 27 illustrates an exemplary OLED structure for use in the light source ofFIG. 25 . -
FIG. 28 illustrates an exemplary printable LED structure for use in the light source ofFIG. 25 . -
FIG. 29 illustrates a light source with a bottom light emitting configuration that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 30 illustrates a light source with a top light emitting configuration that is suitable for delivering pulsed light in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 31 is a block diagram of an electronic circuit for controlling a light source in accordance with the present invention, wherein the electronic circuit includes a drive circuit and microcontroller that is preprogrammed to provide a fixed dose of light. -
FIG. 32 is a block diagram of an electronic circuit for controlling a light source in accordance with the present invention, wherein the electronic circuit includes sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the light source. -
FIGS. 33 and 34 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002, 0.02 or 0.05 mg/mL PPIX supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIG. 35 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002 or 0.05 mg/mL CP III supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIG. 36 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.002 or 0.02 mg/mL CP III supplementation and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIGS. 37 and 38 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.02 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIGS. 39, 40 and 41 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.05 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIG. 42 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.05 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIGS. 43 and 44 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.08 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIGS. 45, 46 and 47 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.2 mg/mL PPIX supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIGS. 48 and 49 are graphs depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.2 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIG. 50 is a graph depicting GBS survival for different combinations of 0.08 mg/mL CP III supplementation (with optional incubation and wash after supplementation) and/or irradiation with 450 nm light at a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2; average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2; pulsed mode of irradiation (33% duty factor); and multiple irradiation at 0, 72 and 144 hours. -
FIG. 51 illustrates a light device incorporating printed light emitting diodes placed externally on a cheek region of a human body for use in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 52 illustrates a light device incorporating printed light emitting diodes placed externally on an inner wrist region of a human body for use in accordance with the present invention. -
FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate a nasal applicator incorporating printed light emitting diodes that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention. -
FIGS. 54A, 54B, 54C, 54D and 54E illustrate various embodiments of a respirator mask incorporating printed light emitting diodes that is suitable for use in accordance with the present invention. -
FIG. 55 is a schematic illustration depicting an experimental set-up used in bacteria irradiation with pulsed 450 nm blue light. -
FIG. 56 are light micrographs showing non-irradiated control MRSA (left panel) and irradiated MRSA (right panel). -
FIG. 57 are transmission electron microscope images showing normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A and C) and disruption of normal cell division in irradiated MRSA (B and D). -
FIG. 58 are transmission electron microscope images showing structural damage to irradiated MRSA (B) compared to non-irradiated control MRSA (A), as well as normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A) compared to irradiated MRSA (B). - The present invention is directed to methods and systems for the photoeradication of microorganisms from a target using pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light). While the invention will be described in detail below with reference to various exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that the invention is not limited to the specific methodologies or device configurations of these embodiments. In addition, although the exemplary embodiments are described as embodying several different inventive features, one skilled in the art will appreciate that any one of these features could be implemented without the others in accordance with the present invention.
- The methods and systems of the present invention may be used to photoeradicate many different types of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) provided at specified pulse parameters, dosages and time intervals. In some embodiments, the pulsed light consists of a sequence of light pulses each of which has a peak irradiance and a pulse duration sufficient to optically excite photoactive molecules capable of photoeradication of the microorganisms and move them to an excited singlet state. The light pulses are separated by an off time sufficient to allow the photoactive molecules to return to their ground state, which transition creates a reaction with triplet oxygen that reduces the oxygen molecule to a highly reactive singlet state which includes singlet oxygen (1O2), hydroxyl radicals (.OH) and superoxide (O2 −) ions. These are capable of destroying cellular structure of the microorganisms and thereby photoeradicate all or a portion of the microorganisms. This mechanism of microorganism suppression or eradication is broad spectrum and believed to be applicable to various types of microorganisms, including bacteria, viruses and fungi. In contrast, when light is applied in a continuous wave mode, the photoactive molecules are maintained in an excited state and fewer return to a ground state (they do so randomly as opposed to a cascade that follows the pulsing) and, thus, the effect of the light is reduced.
- In a first embodiment, the invention is used to provide treatment for many different types of diseases, disorders, or conditions. For example, a region of skin, tissue, or a wound infected by bacteria may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a bacterial infection. The treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a bacterial skin, tissue or wound infection. Subjects may be susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a bacterial infection due to family history, age, environment, and/or lifestyle. As used herein, “susceptible” and “at risk” refer to having little resistance to a certain disease, disorder or condition, including being genetically predisposed, having a family history of, and/or having symptoms of the disease, disorder or condition.
- The bacterial infection may comprise any infection caused by aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative). Exemplary bacterial infections include acne, psoriasis, cellulitis, erysipelas, erythrasma, folliculitis and skin abscesses, hidradenitis suppurativa, impetigo and ecthyma, lymphadenitis, lymphangitis, necrotizing skin infections, staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome, as well as wound and tissue infections such as osteomyelitis.
- As another example, cells infected by various types of viruses may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a viral infection. The treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a viral infection. Exemplary viral infections include SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63.
- In particular, the current emergence of the 2019-nCoV and the previous emergence of the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), caused by a formerly un-known coronavirus, SARS-CoV, exemplify the considerable zoonotic potential of coronaviruses and their ability to seriously affect human health. The novel coronavirus, 2019-nCoV, is a virus closely related to SARS-CoV and human coronavirus 229E, and originated from Wuhan, China. Both 2019-nCoV and the SARS-CoV share a common ancestor that resembles the bat coronavirus HKU9-1.
- The human airway epithelium (HAE) represents the entry port of many human respiratory viruses, including coronaviruses (CoVs), which have very similar spike protein 3-D structures that are considered to have strong binding affinity to the human cell receptor, angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2). Therefore, the cells with ACE2 expression may act as target cells and thus are susceptible to 2019-nCoV infection. Such cells include type II alveolar cells (AT2) or respiratory epithelial cells of the lungs. The symptoms of COVID-19, which is the disease caused by 2019-nCoV, include fever, cough, shortness of breath, headache and sore throat. There are presently no antivirals or vaccines, and the current treatment of COVID-19 is supportive care (treatment of symptoms).
- As another example, cells infected by various types of fungi may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light for the treatment of a fungal infection. The treatment can be provided to subjects having or who are susceptible to or at elevated risk for experiencing a fungal infection. Exemplary fungal infections include tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea cruris, tinea pedis, and tinea unguium.
- In a second embodiment, the invention is used to enable photoeradication of microorganisms from contaminated environments. The microorganisms may comprise any aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative) or any virus. For example, community associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) strains or SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63 are often acquired from places that people congregate, such as locker rooms, public or private restrooms, airplanes, ambulances, fire trucks, emergency services personnel vehicles, schools, beaches, playgrounds, playing fields, etc. Hospital associated MRSA or SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, and HCoV-NL63 are typically contacted in hospitals and clinical environments. These contaminated environments may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light to provide a more effective way to sanitize such places. The pulsed purple or blue light may be placed together with a white light to act as a dual light source, one for lighting and one for bactericidal or anti-viral effects. The pulse treatment sequences could be applied daily to the environment or on any other periodic or scheduled basis (e.g., the pulse treatment sequence could be applied to the interior surfaces of an airplane between the various successive flights).
- In a third embodiment, the invention is used to enable photoeradication of microorganisms from food. The bacteria may comprise any aerobic and anaerobic bacteria (Gram positive and Gram negative), norovirus (NoV) (which is part of the Caliciviridae family), or hepatitis A. For example, foods may be contaminated with Salmonella spp., E. coli, or Listeria spp. Salmonella spp. contains CspH, a cold shock protein that protects the bacteria at 50° C. As such, refrigeration at this temperature may not be adequate to kill the bacteria. Refrigeration in retail may be at a higher temperature further exacerbating the problem of bacterial growth. Globally, there are more than 80.3 million cases annually of Salmonella spp. with more than 115,000 deaths. Contaminated foods may be irradiated with pulsed purple or blue light to provide a more effective way to extend shelf life and prevent bacterial transmission to humans and animals exposed to such foods. The pulsed light may be built into commercial, residential or portable refrigeration systems, food display systems, food storage areas and systems for food processing. For example, the pulsed purple or blue light may be activated whenever a door of a refrigeration system is opened and closed. When the door is opened, the light would be white and when closed the pulsed purple or blue light would be applied at the correct dose and treatment sequence. The treatment sequence would be applied daily and/or as new food items are added to the food storage or processing system.
- For all three embodiments discussed above, exemplary bacteria include Propionibacterium acnes, Group B Streptococcus, Propionibacterium spp., Staphylococcus spp. (including methicillin resistant strains), Clostridium spp., Escherichia spp., Pseudomonas spp., Campylobacter spp., Listeria spp., Leuconostoc spp., Bacillus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Streptococcus spp., Brucella spp., Proteus spp., Klebsiella spp., Shigella spp., Helicobacter spp., Mycobacterium spp., Enterococcus spp., Salmonella spp., Chlamydia spp., Porphyromonas spp., Stenotrophomonas spp., and Elizabethkingia spp. Of course, other types of bacteria may also be targeted in accordance with the present invention.
- Also, for all three embodiments discussed above, exemplary viruses include SARS-CoV, 2019-nCoV, human coronavirus 229E, bat coronavirus HKU9-1, H1N1, norovirus (NoV) and feline calicivirus (which are part of the Caliciviridae family), influenza virus type A, HCoV-OC43, HCoV-NL63, and hepatitis A.
- In some cases, the microorganism itself synthesizes a photoactive molecule that functions as a photoreceptor for the pulsed ultraviolet, purple or blue light—i.e., the photoactive molecule is endogenous to the microorganisms. An example of this type of microorganism is the Propionibacterium acnes (P. acnes) bacteria, which synthesizes the photoactive molecule porphyrin. In the case of viral microorganisms, the pulsed ultraviolet, purple or blue light may be absorbed by the viral RNA or protein photoreceptor leading to the destruction or destabilization of the virus rendering it inactive.
- In other cases, the microorganisms do not synthesize a sufficient amount of a photoactive molecule, such as the Group B Streptococcus (GBS) bacteria or different types of viruses, such as the coronavirus. For example, while GBS contains chromophores such as characteristic brick-red pigment ornithine rhamnopolyenic (rhamnolipid), a β-haemolysin/cytolysin, and granadaene, it is believed that these chromophores are not implicated in the suppression of bacteria growth upon irradiation with pulsed blue or purple light. In these cases, the microorganisms are associated or supplemented with a photoactive molecule that is exogenous to the microorganisms and functions as a photoreceptor for the pulsed purple or blue light, as discussed below.
- In some embodiments, the microorganisms are suspended in a medium that is endogenous to a human body (e.g., an organically-rick media (ORM) such as human saliva) and the medium contains the photoactive molecule—i.e., the photoactive molecule is an extracellular endogenous photosensitizer. For example, human saliva contains riboflavin, tyrosine, tryptophan, pyridoxine and folic acid.
- In other embodiments, the microorganisms are hosted within a plurality of cells that are endogenous to a human body and the cells themselves contain the photoactive molecule. For example, it is believed that lung cells that have ACE2 expression, such as type II alveolar cells (AT2) or respiratory epithelial cells, may be the main target cells during 2019-nCoV infection. These cells may contain the photoactive molecules porphyrin, NADH, and FAD. In the case of red blood cells which are targets for viral invasion during 2019-nCoV infection, the blood cell contains the photoactive molecule porphyrin.
- In yet other embodiments, the photoactive molecule comprises a photosensitizer that is administered to the target. Examples of photosensitizers that may be applied topically to skin, tissue or a wound include curcumin, aminolevulinic acid (ALA), protoporphyrin IX (PPIX), coproporphyrin III (CP III), flavin mononucleotide (FMN), or nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD). These photosensitizers may be administered in various doses that are typically in the range of 5 to 20 micromolar. Of course, these doses may vary based on the photoactivation required and topical and systemic toxicity profiles. Examples of photosensitizers that may be ingested include curcumin, aminolevulinic acid (ALA), and chloroquine and its derivatives. These photosensitizers may be administered in various doses from as little as 1 milligram to 5000 milligrams per day using oral or intravenous administration. Of course, these doses may vary based on the photoactivation required and systemic toxicity profiles. It should be understood that these photosensitizers may be used in combination with any of the embodiments described above.
- In accordance with the invention, bacteria, viruses or other microorganisms are inactivated via the application of ultraviolet, purple or blue light in a pulsed mode of irradiation. As used herein, “ultraviolet light” refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 200 nm to about 380 nm (e.g., 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380 nm or some value therebetween). Particularly suitable wavelengths are about 260 nm and 370 nm. As used herein, “purple or blue light” refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 380 nm to about 560 nm (e.g., 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560 nm or some value therebetween). Particularly suitable wavelength are about 410 nm and 450 nm.
- Also, pulsed red light may be used for its anti-inflammatory effects to reduce the cytokine reaction response associated with the high levels of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) in targeted cells and tissues associated with microorganism destruction. As used herein, “red light” refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 600 nm to about 830 nm (e.g., 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 760, 770, 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830 nm or some value therebetween). Particularly suitable red wavelengths are about 640 nm and 645 nm. In addition, pulsed infrared light may be used to kill microorganisms through the production and release of nitric oxide (NO) from the mitochondria. As used herein, “infrared light” refers to light having a wavelength ranging from about 780 nm to about 1060 nm (e.g., 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 850, 860, 870, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920, 930, 940, 950, 960, 970, 980, 990, 1000, 1010, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1050, 1060 nm or some value therebetween). Particularly suitable infrared wavelengths are about 904 nm and 940 nm. The pulses provided can be a square wave, rectified sinusoidal waveform or any combination thereof, although other pulse shapes may also be used in accordance with the present invention. A square wave with a rise time of less than 1 microsecond is preferred.
- The pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) is provided at radiant exposures that can range from about 0.5 J/cm2 to about 60 J/cm2, with a preferred range of about 3.6 J/cm2 to about 20 J/cm2, and a more preferred range of about 3.6 J/cm2 to about 5 J/cm2. The average irradiance can range from about 0.1 mW/cm2 to about 20 mW/cm2, with an average irradiance of about 2 mW/cm2 to about 3 mW/cm2 being preferred at the tissue surface, and may be higher for contaminated environment or food surface.
- It should be understood that the low levels of light used in connection with the present invention (e.g., average irradiances of about 2 mW/cm2 to about 3 mW/cm2 and radiant exposures of about 3.6 J/cm2 to about 5 J/cm2) are very safe to the eye and meet international blue light safety requirements, including IEC TR 62778:2014 (Application of IEC 62471 for the assessment of blue light hazard to light sources and luminaries), IEC 62471:2006 (Photobiological safety of lamps and lamp systems), IEC 60601-2-57:2011 (Medical Electrical equipment—Part 2-57: Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of non-laser light source equipment intended for therapeutic, diagnostic, monitoring and cosmetic/aesthetic use). This provides a significant advantage over continuous wave (CW) light sources that deliver light at high irradiances and radiant exposures. These higher output light sources also require significant cooling and heat sinking and, thus, are not ideal for refrigeration applications.
- The pulse parameters of the pulsed purple or blue light are preferably selected to optimize the photochemical reaction of the photoactive molecule used to photoeradicate the microorganisms, as described above. In most embodiments, the peak irradiance of the light pulses ranges from 0.3 mW/cm2 to 60 mW/cm2 with a preferred range of about 6 mW/cm2 to about 15 mW/cm2 at a duty factor of 33%. At other duty factors, the peak irradiance may be higher or lower so that the average irradiance stays within the preferred ranges of irradiance described herein. The duty factor is typically in the range of about 20% to about 33%.
- In most embodiments, the pulse duration of the light pulses ranges from 5 microseconds to 1,000 microseconds, and the off time between the light pulses ranges from 10 microseconds to 1 second. A suitable combination may range from about 5 microseconds to about 30 microseconds for the pulse duration with off times ranging from about 10 microseconds to about 100 microseconds. A particularly suitable combination provides a pulse duration of about 10 microseconds and an off time of about 20 microseconds. The light pulses are typically provided at a pulse repetition rate that ranges from 33 kHz to 40 kHz.
- It should be understood that the optimal pulse parameters for destruction of microorganisms will vary between different types of microorganisms. For example, the pulse intensity and on/off states that result in the depletion and restoration/recovery of porphyrins or other photoactive molecules involved in bacterial photoeradication will vary between different types of bacteria.
- The pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) may be applied one time (i.e., single irradiation session) and is preferably provided multiple times (i.e., multiple irradiation sessions) at the desired radiant exposures (fluence) and power density (irradiance). One skilled in the art will appreciate that the irradiation time for each irradiation session is dependent on the dose, and is typically in the range of about 20 minutes to about 45 minutes for the irradiances and radiant exposures used in connection with the present invention.
- In some embodiments, the duration of exposure may be controlled by the decay and recharge in fluorescence of the photoactive molecule. In that configuration, the exposure would stop when the fluorescence has depleted to a preset level indicating that there is insufficient photo-activity to maintain bacterial kill and then restart when the fluorescence has returned to another preset level. Also, the irradiation sessions may be timed to a replication cycle of the microorganisms so that the irradiation sessions restart prior to replication of the microorganisms.
- Preferably, the pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) is applied during a plurality of irradiation sessions at pre-defined time intervals in accordance with an irradiation schedule, as described below. The time interval between irradiation sessions may range from about one hour to about four hours (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 hours or some value therebetween) with two or three (or more) irradiation sessions per day. These timed irradiation sessions may also be repeated on two, three, four or more days in certain embodiments, or in the case of environmental or food irradiation on a daily basis. In some embodiments, the pulsing has been found to be optimized when the irradiation schedule includes the application of pulses three times per day with a three hour time interval between applications, which may be repeated on two or more days (e.g., when the pulses are applied at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours). Of course, other irradiation schedules that are suitable for a particular application may also be used within the scope of the present invention. The irradiation schedule is preferably chosen to provide a survival rate for the microorganisms of less than 50% and preferably 0% (i.e., a survival rate of 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 0% or some value therebetween).
- In addition to the basic pulsing of the purple or blue light as described above, the pulsed mode may be further modulated when used for irradiation of human or animal tissue, i.e., gated on and off with a low frequency signal timed to coincide with the heart rate or at a rate similar to the heart rate (i.e., 0.5 to 2 Hz or a multiple or harmonic thereof). This signal allows for recharge of the free oxygen, porphyrins or other molecules responsible for photochemical activation of cellular killing mechanisms during the resting period of the photostimulation. Duty factors in the range of 5% to 95% may be used for this modulation.
- Any suitable light source may be used to generate the pulsed purple or blue light (and optionally pulsed ultraviolet, red or infrared light) in accordance with the present invention. Exemplary light sources include various types of lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), printed light emitting diodes (printed LEDs), polymer light emitting diodes (PLEDs) also known as light emitting polymers (LEPs), quantum dot light emitting diodes (QDLEDs), and fluorescent tubes emitting light in the purple or blue spectral region. Exemplary light sources are described in greater detail below.
- For the first embodiment directed to the treatment of various diseases, disorders or conditions, devices comprised of printed LEDs or OLEDs on flexible substrates are preferred due to their ability to produce light with an intensity that is substantially constant across the surface of the light source so as to provide substantially uniform light emission when the light source is in contact with or illuminates skin or tissue of a subject. The devices are also able to conform to the skin or tissue surface to maximize optical coupling. In addition, a layer of hydrogel may be used as an adhesive to contact the flexible substrate to the skin or tissue surface and thereby provide optical light piping and coupling. The hydrogel layer may also contain therapeutic substances used to enhanced bacterial inhibition or viral suppression or kill.
- Various exemplary light devices that may be used to deliver pulsed light in accordance with the invention are shown in
FIGS. 51-54 . -
FIG. 51 illustrates a light device comprising an oblong-shapedlight source 300 in the form of printed LEDs on a flexible substrate that is controlled by acontroller 310, as described herein. In this embodiment,light source 300 is configured to be placed externally on a cheek region of a human body. The pulsed light emitted by this device may comprise pulsed blue light, pulsed blue and red light, or pulsed blue and infrared light and may be used, for example, to target microorganisms suspended in human saliva within the oral cavity. A biocompatible hydrogel may also be used. In other embodiments, the light source is configured for internal placement within the oral cavity so as to directly target the microorganisms suspended in human saliva. -
FIG. 52 illustrates a light device comprising a butterfly-shapedlight source 400 in the form of printed LEDs on a flexible substrate that is controlled by acontroller 410, as described herein. In this embodiment,light source 400 is configured to be placed externally on an inner wrist region of a human body. The pulsed light emitted by this device may comprise pulsed blue light, pulsed blue and red light, or pulsed blue and infrared light, for transcutaneous application over the inner wrist region (or other areas in close proximity to blood flow) in order to target microorganisms in the blood, such as treatment of a blood borne virus on platelets or immune cells. A biocompatible hydrogel may also be used. -
FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate a nasalapplicator comprising headgear 500 with a pair ofnasal inserts nasal inserts -
FIG. 54A illustrates a respirator mask that functions as part of an air filtration system. The respirator mask includes anouter mask 600 that supports a light patch and filterassembly 610 configured to filter airborne particles (e.g., a bacteria or virus suspended in human saliva) from the air passed through various filter layers, as well as photoeradicate all or a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., a bacteria or virus) that become trapped within those filter layers thereby preventing the microorganisms from penetrating into the oral and nasal cavities and lungs of the user. - Light patch and filter
assembly 610 is shown in greater detail inFIGS. 54B and 54C and, in general, comprises a plurality of filter andlight layers 612 sealed together by a sealingarea 614. As best shown inFIG. 54C , the layers of light patch and filterassembly 610 include an outer filter layer 620 (i.e., the layer facing the environment), an outer foldedfilter layer 622, a printedLED layer 624, an inner foldedfilter layer 626, and an inner filter layer 628 (i.e., the layer facing the user). Preferably,outer filter layer 620 andinner filter layer 628 are each made of a material that is greater than 95% efficient at filtering 0.3-μm particles (i.e., an N95 material), although other materials may also be used. Outer foldedfilter layer 622 and inner foldedfilter layer 626 are each made of a filter material (including, but not limited, to an N95 material) that is formed in a folded configuration, as shown, in order to provide support for printedLED layer 624 and to provide a cavity that enables air circulation between outer and inner filter layers 620 and 628 and printedLED layer 624, respectively. In other embodiments, suitable spacers may be used in place of outer foldedfilter layer 622 and inner foldedfilter layer 626. - Printed
LED layer 624 comprises printed LEDs on a flexible substrate, as described herein, which is connected via awire 618 to a controller that includes a power source, such as a rechargeable or non-rechargeable battery pack (not shown). In this embodiment, printedLED layer 624 is configured to emit pulsed light in a direction toward outer foldedfilter layer 622 andouter filter layer 620. The pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light. The pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped within outer foldedfilter layer 622 andouter filter layer 620—i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters. Preferably, outer foldedfilter layer 622 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from printedLED layer 624 toouter filter layer 620. In some embodiments, pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light (e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC) may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects. - In this embodiment, printed
LED layer 624 comprises a solid layer (printed LEDs on a flexible substrate) that does not enable airflow therethrough. Therefore, a pair of cutouts 616 a and 616 b are provided on each side of printedLED layer 624 to permit airflow around the sides of printedLED layer 624. As such, the air flows transversely throughouter filter layer 620 and outer foldedfilter layer 622, laterally from outer foldedfilter layer 622 around the sides of printedLED layer 624 to inner foldedfilter layer 626, and then transversely through inner foldedfilter layer 626 andinner filter layer 628. Non-breathable material 630 a and 630 b is provided on each side ofinner filter layer 628 to direct the air flow through this filter layer. It should be noted that the filter layers are omitted inFIG. 54B in order to illustrate the position of cutouts 616 a and 616 b. - In other embodiments, the printed LED layer includes one or more openings that enable the direct flow of air from outer folded
filter layer 622 to inner foldedfilter layer 626. For example,FIG. 54D illustrates a printedLED layer 642 and asealing area 640 that are similar to those described in connection withFIG. 54B (noting again that the filter layers are omitted inFIG. 54D ), with the exception that printedLED layer 642 includes a plurality ofvertical slots 644 to enable the flow of air therethrough. As another example,FIG. 54E illustrates a printedLED layer 652 and asealing area 650 that are similar to those described in connection withFIG. 54B (noting again that the filter layers are omitted inFIG. 54E ), with the exception that printedLED layer 652 includes a plurality ofholes 654 to enable the flow of air therethrough. Of course, the number and shape of the openings in the printed LED layer will vary between different embodiments. It should be understood that cutouts 616 a and 616 b are not required in these embodiments. - In some embodiments, printed LED layer 624 (or the printed LED layers shown in
FIGS. 54D and 54E ) include LEDs printed on both sides of the substrate so that pulsed light is also emitted in a direction toward inner foldedfilter layer 626 andinner filter layer 628. The pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light. The pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped within inner foldedfilter layer 626 andinner filter layer 628—i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters. Preferably, inner foldedfilter layer 626 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from printedLED layer 624 toinner filter layer 628. In some embodiments, pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light (e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC) may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects. - In yet other embodiments, a second printed LED layer (not shown) is positioned between the user and
inner filter layer 628 and configured to emit pulsed light in a direction towardinner filter layer 628 and inner foldedfilter layer 626. The pulsed light may comprise a single wavelength or a combination of pulsed purple light, pulsed blue light or pulsed infrared light. The pulsed light is able to photoeradicate all of a portion of the microorganisms (e.g., bacteria or viruses) that become trapped withininner filter layer 628 and inner foldedfilter layer 626—i.e., the pulsed light effectively “cleans” those filters. Preferably,inner filter layer 628 is made of a material that is semi-transparent so as to permit the transmission of pulsed light from the second printed LED layer to inner foldedfilter layer 626. In some embodiments, pulsed or continuous wave (CW) ultraviolet light (e.g., UVA, UVB or UVC) may also be used for its bactericidal or anti-viral effects. - It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the respirator mask described above, and that other mask designs may also be used within the scope of the invention. For example, in some embodiments, the printed LED layer is removeably secured within the respirator mask in such a manner as to enable access to the printed LED layer. For example, the printed LED layer may be positioned within a compartment that is closeable using Velcro® or any other suitable fastener, but which enables access to the compartment for removal of the printed LED layer. This configuration enables the printed LED layer to be inserted into a variety of different types of respirator masks. Thus, while the respirator mask itself is disposable, the printed LED layer is re-useable in different masks following cleaning and decontamination. Also, other types of light sources may also be used in accordance with the present invention.
- Any of the light devices described above may also be used in combination with detectors to verify the kill rates or to filter change points.
- For the second and third embodiments directed to photoeradication of microorganisms from contaminated environments and food, respectively, it is possible to use strips or sheets of printed LEDs or OLEDs, high power LEDs or even tube lamps emitting modulated light in the UVA through blue spectral range. Certain of these strips or sheets may have rows of blue lamps in parallel or interspersed with white lamps or phosphor coated or Stokes conversion quantum dots or the like to produce white light. As used herein, “white light” means light having a color temperature in the range of about 1700 kelvins (K) to about 9500 kelvins (K).
- In some embodiments, the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with a drive circuit and microcontroller that provides a preprogrammed sequence of light pulses at a fixed dose during each irradiation session. In other embodiments, the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the dose during a treatment session. Exemplary electronic circuits for both preprogrammed control and dynamic control of a light source are described in greater detail below. In some embodiments, the controller will receive input from a lighting system or the opening or closing of a door in a refrigeration or storage unit to activate the pulsed purple or blue lights and provide the appropriate daily irradiation sequence.
- II. In Vitro Testing of P. acnes Cultures to Determine Feasibility and Reproducibility of Inactivation with Light Irradiation
- Testing was performed to determine the feasibility and reproducibility of 450 nm light to inactivate P. acnes using printed LED flexible lamps operated in a continuous wave (CW) irradiation mode, a pulsed irradiation mode with a 33% duty factor, and a pulsed irradiation mode with a 20% duty factor (referred to hereinafter as CW mode, 33% DF pulsed mode, and 20% DF pulsed mode).
- Culturing P. acnes
- A vial of P. acnes (ATCC 6919) was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) and cultures started according to ATCC recommendations. Briefly, under anaerobic conditions, the lyophilized pellet was rehydrated in 500 μL modified reinforced clostridial broth (pre-reduced) and transferred into another tube containing 5 mL clostridial broth. Test tubes were labelled as “Start Cultures” (SC) and 200 μL transferred onto a reinforced clostridial agar plate. The bacteria were streaked on the plates for isolation of single colonies by the “clock plate technique” to check colony morphology and purity. These plates were called “start plates.” Both tube/plate were placed in an anaerobic chamber with BD Gas-Pak EZ anaerobic container system sachets. The anaerobic chamber was then placed inside a 37° C. incubator for 72 hours. After 72 hours of growth period, culture tubes were removed from the 37° C. incubator and tested for their susceptibility to irradiation with 450 nm blue light.
- A 5 mL liquid culture was grown for 3 days and 1 mL pipetted into a sterile microcentrifuge tube and centrifuged at 13,300 rpm for five minutes. The supernatant was removed and discarded. The pellet was re-suspended in 1 mL saline and optical density adjusted using McFarland standard to 0.8 to 1.0 at 625 nm for a concentration of 108 CFU/mL. The bacteria were diluted to a concentration of 1×106 CFU/mL and 2 μL streaked onto reduced clostridial agar plates (12 well plates were used, which enabled triplicate irradiations with 3 patches simultaneously) and irradiated in an anaerobic chamber with various protocols. A set of non-irradiated plates served as controls. After irradiation, plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber, along with a Gas-pak sachet and incubated at 37° C. for 72 hours. The colonies were then counted, percentage survival computed and morphology checked. Illumination times and intervals were optimized based on experimentation as to which dose and sequence provided the most effective kill rates.
- Standardized digital images of P. acnes colonies were taken 72 hours after incubation, with the camera positioned 10 cm perpendicularly above each plate to ensure consistency of colony magnification. Colonies were counted, and percent survival calculated, comparing irradiated groups and non-irradiated controls.
- A first series of experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with a 450 nm lighted substrate, an example of which is shown in
FIG. 22 (described below). The lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode and driven with a constant current source. The peak and average irradiances were the same, i.e., 4.5 mW/cm2, due to the continuous output. The bacteria were irradiated one, three or four times with different radiant exposures, as described below. Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated. - The data is presented in
FIGS. 1-4 . As illustrated inFIG. 1 , single irradiation of bacteria with radiant exposures of 20 J/cm2 and 60 J/cm2 produced statistically significant decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, with maximum reduction of 31% observed at 60 J/cm2. As illustrated inFIG. 2 , triple irradiation of bacteria with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2 at 0, 24 and 48 hours reduced the percent survival to 62%, which was significantly different from the control. As illustrated inFIG. 3 , when bacteria were irradiated four times with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2 at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours, a significant decrease in percent survival of 31% was observed when compared to the control. This percent survival was much lower than the percent survival of 62% observed with triple irradiation at 0, 24 and 48 hours (FIG. 2 ). It was found that four exposures at 20 J/cm2 applied at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours provided the highest kill rates as compared to a single, double or triple exposure. -
FIG. 4 illustrates the relationship between different radiant exposures for a double exposure occurring at 0 and 4 hours. Double irradiation of bacteria with radiant exposures of 30, 40, 45 and 60 J/cm2 at 0 and 4 hours produced a significant dose dependent decrease in percent survival as the dose increased, with complete inactivation observed at 60 J/cm2. - A second series of experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode, 33% DF pulsed mode, or 20% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was the same for all modes, i.e., 5 mW/cm2. The peak irradiance was 15 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode (i.e., three times higher than CW mode) and 25 mW/cm2 in the 20% DF pulsed mode (i.e., five times higher than CW mode). In the 33% DF pulsed mode, the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and the pulse repetition rate was 33 kHz. In the 20% DF pulsed mode, the pulse duration was 5 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and the pulse repetition rate was 40 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated twice at 0 and 4 hours with different radiant exposures, as described below. Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated. - The data is presented in
FIGS. 5 and 6 . As illustrated inFIG. 5 , double irradiation of bacteria at 0 and 4 hours with a radiant exposure of 60 J/cm2 in CW mode and 33% DF pulsed mode revealed marked decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, with maximum reduction to a percent survival of 2.2% observed in the 33% DF pulsed mode. As illustrated inFIG. 6 , double irradiation of bacteria at 0 and 4 hours with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2 in CW mode, 33% DF pulsed mode and 20% DF pulsed mode again revealed that the 33% DF pulsed mode was more efficacious in suppressing bacteria growth than the CW mode and the 20% DF pulsed mode, with a percent survival of 16% for the 33% DF pulsed mode compared to percent survivals of 87% and 80% for the CW mode and 20% DF pulsed mode, respectively. - A third series of experiments involved further testing with a change to the exposure schedule based on the findings described in
FIG. 3 , i.e., that four irradiation exposures (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) provided the best kill rate at a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2. These experiments involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown inFIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in CW mode or 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was selectable at 2 and 3.5 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode compared to an average irradiance of 5 mW/cm2 in the CW mode. In the 33% DF pulsed mode, the pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2. Three substrates were provided for the experiments and all were tested and calibrated. - The data is presented in
FIGS. 7-9 . As illustrated inFIG. 7 , irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed significant decreases in percent survival when compared to the control; however, no significant differences were observed between the doses. These results indicated that no significant differences in the percent survival existed with increases in radiant exposure from 5 J/cm2 to 20 J/cm2 at an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 8 , irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3.5 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed significant decreases in percent survival when compared to the control; however, no significant differences were observed between the doses. These results indicate that no significant differences in the percent survival existed with increases in radiant exposure from 5 J/cm2 to 20 J/cm2 at an average irradiance of 3.5 mW/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 9 , irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) withradiant exposures FIGS. 7 and 8 , the decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposures of 5 J/cm2 and 10 J/cm2 and between 10 J/cm2 and 20 J/cm2 at an irradiance of 5 mW/cm2. - Thus, it can be seen that the CW mode behaved in a linear dose dependent fashion. However, a significant and unexpected result was obtained with respect to the 33% DF pulsed mode, i.e., there was no significant radiant exposure dependency on kill rates for different average irradiances of 2 and 3.5 mW/cm2. As a result, a novel treatment was discovered using two to four doses in sequence in the 33% DF pulsed mode at a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2.
- III. In Vitro Testing of P. acnes Cultures to Determine Optimal Parameters of Inactivation with Light Irradiation
- The preliminary results described above revealed that pulsed blue light was more effective in suppressing bacteria growth than continuous wave. Thus, further testing was performed to determine the optimal parameters of 450 nm light to inactivate P. acnes using printed LED flexible lamps operated in a pulsed irradiation mode with a 33% duty factor.
- A suspension of P. acnes bacteria diluted to a concentration of 1×106 CFU/mL, as discussed in Section II above, was streaked onto reduced clostridial agar plates that were irradiated or not (controls) in an anaerobic chamber. The tests were conducted using three different irradiation substrates (with the same power output) with each placed at the top of two wells on a 12 well plate. This enabled results to be obtained in triplicates (six sets of data for each experiment). After irradiation protocols were completed, plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber, along with a Gas-pak sachet and incubated at 37° C. for 72 hours. The colonies were then counted, percentage survival computed and morphology checked.
- A first experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 4, 24 and 48 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 10 , irradiation of cultures four times (0, 4, 24 and 48 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 89.1%, 34.3% and 0.5%, respectively. The decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm2, between 5 and 20 J/cm2, and between 10 and 20 J/cm2. - A second experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated four times at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 11 , irradiation of cultures four times (0, 3, 6 and 24 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 85.7%, 16.3% and 0.0%, respectively. The overall decrease in percent survival was higher than that seen in the first example. Again, the decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm2, between 5 and 20 J/cm2, and between 10 and 20 J/cm2. - A third experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated three times at 0, 3 and 6 hours with different radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 12 , irradiation of cultures three times using a shorter time interval (0, 3 and 6 hours) with radiant exposures of 5, 10 and 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed decreases in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 60.9%, 11.7% and 0.2%, respectively. The decrease in percent bacterial survival was dose dependent with significant decreases observed between the radiant exposure of 5 and 10 J/cm2, between 5 and 20 J/cm2, and between 10 and 20 J/cm2. - A fourth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 13 , a change in the irradiation schedule to three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 2.57%. - A fifth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 14 , a change in the irradiation schedule to three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 1.13%. The overall decrease in percent survival was higher than that seen in the fourth example when bacteria were irradiated over the course of three days (with all other parameters being the same). - A sixth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 15 , the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and a change in the average irradiance to 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a complete bacterial eradication when compared to the control, i.e., 0.0%. The overall decrease in percent survival was slightly higher than that seen in the fifth example when the average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2 (with all other parameters being the same). - A seventh experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 16 , the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a complete bacterial eradication when compared to the control, i.e., 0.0%. The overall decrease in percent survival was the same as that seen in the sixth example when the irradiation was applied over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (with all other parameters being the same). - An eighth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated eight times at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 17 , the irradiation of bacteria two times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of eight times (0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72 and 75 hours) with a lower radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a slight decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 86.9%, which is significantly higher than that seen in the seventh example when the radiant exposure was 5 J/cm2 and the irradiation was applied three times per day (with all other parameters being the same). - A ninth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated ten times at 0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96, and 99 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 18 , the irradiation of bacteria two times per day, every three hours over the course of five days for a total of ten times (0, 3, 24, 27, 48, 51, 72, 75, 96, and 99 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 78.9%, which is just slightly lower than that seen in the eighth example when the irradiation was applied over the course of four days (with all other parameters being the same). - A tenth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated twelve times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 19 , the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 32.6%, which is lower than that seen in the eighth and ninth examples. - An eleventh experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 20 , the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a complete bacterial eradication when compared to the control, i.e., 0.0%. This experiment confirmed the data from the seventh experiment (see Example 7). - A twelfth experiment involved culturing P. acnes and illuminating the bacteria with the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode, as described below, and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 2 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The bacteria were irradiated nine times at 0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2. - As illustrated in
FIG. 21 , the irradiation of bacteria three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 3.6 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 in the 33% DF pulsed mode showed a significant decrease in percent survival when compared to the control, i.e., 11.7%. Although the percentage survival was low, it was still higher than that seen in the eleventh example when the radiant exposure was 5 J/cm2 (with all other parameters being the same). - Summary
- Further testing was performed using light patches that emit pulsed blue light at a 33% duty cycle. The various protocols tested showed effective reduction in bacteria growth. Testing using irradiation intervals of 3 hours proved to be more efficient than irradiation intervals of 4 hours. It is believed that such observed efficiency may be due in part to targeting the bacteria at the appropriate time during the replication cycle or due to porphyrin depletion/replenishing mechanisms in the bacteria.
- Irradiation protocols were optimized to yield 100% bacterial suppression of 1×106 CFU/mL P. acnes cultures. Optimal bacterial suppression of 100% was attained (i) when cultures were irradiated at 0, 3, 6 and 24 hours with a radiant exposure of 20 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 3 mW/cm2 (see Example 2), (ii) when cultures were irradiated three times per day, every three hours over the course of four days for a total of twelve times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51, 54, 72, 75 and 78 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance to 2 mW/cm2 (see Example 6), and (iii) when cultures were irradiated three times per day, every three hours over the course of three days for a total of nine times (0, 3, 6, 24, 27, 30, 48, 51 and 54 hours) with a radiant exposure of 5 J/cm2 and an average irradiance of 2 mW/cm2 (see Example 11).
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention allows for improved device performance with reduced battery requirements, a substantial reduction in treatment time, and improved patient safety due to a significant reduction in heat and optical hazard.
- IV. In Vitro Testing of GBS Cultures Supplemented with Porphyrins to Obtain Bacterial Suppression with Light Irradiation
- The results described above revealed that pulsed blue light was effective in suppressing bacteria growth for P. acnes, which synthesizes the photoactive molecule porphyrin. However, some bacteria such as Group B Streptococcus (GBS) do not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin or other photoactive molecules, in which case a photosensitizer is needed to function as a photoreceptor for the pulsed blue light. Thus, further testing was performed to assess GBS bacterial suppression when supplemented with exogenous porphyrins (either protoporphyrin IX (PPIX) or coproporphyrin III (CP III)) and irradiated with pulsed blue light using printed LED flexible lamps.
- Study 1: GBS Supplemented with Different Concentrations of Porphyrins
- GBS wild type strain COH1 was added to 3 mL of Todd Hewitt broth and grown aerobically overnight at 37° C. From the overnight cultures, 500 uL of GBS was added to fresh Todd Hewitt broth and grown logarithmically at 37° C. until reaching a concentration of 108 CFU/mL. The culture was then centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, the supernatant was removed and discarded, and 1 mL of fresh Todd Hewitt broth was added. Serial dilutions of NaCl were made to obtain a suspension of GBS diluted to a concentration of 1×104 CFU/mL. The GBS were streaked onto Todd Hewitt agar plates both with and without the addition of diluted porphyrins (different concentrations of PPIX or CP III).
- Some of the plates were irradiated in a chamber using the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The plates subject to light treatment were irradiated three times at 0, 72 and 144 hours with a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2 during each irradiation session (i.e., each irradiation session was 42 minutes with an incubation period there between of 30 minutes). - After irradiation protocols were completed, the plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber and incubated at 37° C. for 24 hours. The plates were photographed, colonies counted and statistics of percent survival recorded.
- In a first experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and light; and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 33 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 33 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 87%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX, but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 85%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 83%, which demonstrates that the concentration of PPIX was too low. However, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and 0.05 mg/mL PPIX showed significant decreases in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., 0% and 3%, respectively. Thus, the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of PPIX added to the GBS prior to irradiation. - In a second experiment conducted separately, and with observed slight decrease in CFU/mL, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and light; and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 34 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 34 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 81%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX, but without any irradiation, showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 50%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL PPIX showed even more decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 37%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX and 0.05 mg/mL PPIX showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. Thus, the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of PPIX added to the GBS prior to irradiation, and also on the number of CFU/mL. - In a third experiment, the GBS were assigned to five experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III and light; and (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (6) ethanol only and (7) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 35 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 35 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III, but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 84%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 78%, which demonstrates that the concentration of CP III was too low. However, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. Thus, the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of CP III added to the GBS prior to irradiation. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect. - In a fourth experiment, the GBS were assigned to five experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL CP III; (4) GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III and light; and (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (6) ethanol only and (7) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 36 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 36 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL CP III, but without any irradiation, showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 74%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.002 mg/mL CP III showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 17%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. Thus, the decrease in percent GBS survival was dependent on the concentration of CP III added to the GBS prior to irradiation, and also on the number of CFU/mL. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect. - Study 2: GBS Supplemented with Porphyrins with Incubation after Supplementation
- GBS wild type strain COH1 was added to 3 mL of Todd Hewitt broth and grown aerobically overnight at 37° C. From the overnight cultures, 500 uL of GBS was added to fresh Todd Hewitt broth and grown logarithmically at 37° C. until reaching a concentration of 108 CFU/mL. The culture was then centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, the supernatant was removed and discarded, and 1 mL of fresh Todd Hewitt broth was added.
- The culture was then split into three Eppendorf tubes—a first tube for GBS and second and third tubes for GBS with diluted porphyrins used for incubation. Diluted porphyrins (PPIX or CP III) were added into the second and third tubes and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. The third tube was then washed three times with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and centrifuged at 1300 rpm for three minutes, and the supernatant was removed and discarded. Serial dilutions of NaCl were made to obtain a suspension of GBS diluted to a concentration of 1×104 CFU/mL. The GBS were streaked onto Todd Hewitt agar plates.
- Some of the plates were irradiated in a chamber using the 450 nm lighted substrate shown in
FIG. 22 . The lighted substrate was set to operate in 33% DF pulsed mode and driven with a constant current source. The average irradiance was 3 mW/cm2. The pulse duration was 10 microseconds with an off time of 20 microseconds, and a pulse repetition rate of 33 kHz. The plates subject to light treatment were irradiated three times at 0, 72 and 144 hours with a radiant exposure of 7.56 J/cm2 during each irradiation session (i.e., each irradiation session was 42 minutes with an incubation period therebetween of 30 minutes). - After irradiation protocols were completed, the plates were placed upside down in the anaerobic chamber and incubated at 37° C. for 24 hours. The plates were photographed, colonies counted and statistics of percent survival recorded.
- In a fifth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 37 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 37 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 97%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated), but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 92%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 68%. This result is different than those seen inFIGS. 33 and 34 because the bacteria was incubated at 37° C. for approximately thirty minutes before irradiation, which gives them more time to grow, hence starting with an overall increased CFU/mL compared to Examples 1 and 2 where irradiation was commenced immediately after dilutions were made. This is reflected in the higher percent of remnant colonies obtained in this experiment. GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 92%. It is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 18%. - Overall, the decrease in percent GBS survival was greatest for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated and washed prior to irradiation, which suggests that a sufficient quantity of PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should be noted that the percent GBS survival for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated prior to irradiation was greater than the percent GBS survival for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated and washed prior to irradiation. This difference is believed to be caused by the fact that incubation with porphyrin has some minimal effect on bacterial survival and, thus, it is likely that more dead bacteria will be washed during the washing step of the incubated sample resulting in a reduced starting CFU/mL.
- In a sixth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.02 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 38 . It should be noted that the results for Example 6 are similar to those of Example 5, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - In a seventh experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed)) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 39 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 39 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated), but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 60%. As explained above, this result is different than those seen inFIGS. 33 and 34 because the bacteria was incubated at 37° C. for approximately thirty minutes before irradiation, which gives them more time to grow, hence starting with an overall increased CFU/mL compared to Examples 1 and 2 where irradiation was commenced immediately after dilutions were made. This is reflected in the higher percent of remnant colonies obtained in this experiment. GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 92%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 18%. - Overall, the decrease in percent GBS survival was greatest for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated and washed prior to irradiation, which suggests that the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should be noted that the percent GBS survival for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated prior to irradiation was greater than the percent GBS survival for GBS supplemented with PPIX that was incubated and washed prior to irradiation. This difference is believed to be caused by the fact that incubation with porphyrin has some minimal effect on bacterial survival and, thus, it is likely that more dead bacteria will be washed during the washing step of the incubated sample resulting in a reduced starting CFU/mL.
- In an eighth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 40 . It should be noted that the results for Example 8 are similar to those of Example 7, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - In a ninth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 41 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 41 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 94%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated), but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed a large decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 20%. GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) also showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 54%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 6%, which suggests that the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. - In a tenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 42 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 42 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation, showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 90%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.05 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival, which suggests that the CP III was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect. - In an eleventh experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 43 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 43 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated), but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 84%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 52%. GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 76%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 40%, which suggests that at least some of the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. - In a twelfth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.08 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 44 . It should be noted that the results for Example 12 are similar to those of Example 11, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - In a thirteenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 45 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 45 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any PPIX showed a minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 95%, which demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated), but without any irradiation, did not show much decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 50%. GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 78%. Again, it is believed that there is a slight decrease in percent GBS survival because PPIX may have some minimal suppressive effects that may be concentration dependent. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) showed a significant decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 10%, which suggests that the PPIX was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. - In a fourteenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 46 . It should be noted that the results for Example 14 are similar to those of Example 13, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - In a fifteenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL PPIX (incubated and washed) and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 47 . It should be noted that the results for Example 15 are similar to those of Examples 13 and 14, which is again indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - In a sixteenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 48 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 48 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 96%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation, showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed minimal decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 80%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated washed) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival, which suggests that the CP III was internalized into the GBS during the incubation period. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect. - In a seventeenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 49 . - As can be seen in
FIG. 49 , irradiation of GBS without the addition of any CP III showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 98%, which again demonstrates that GBS does not synthesize a sufficient amount of porphyrin. Also, GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated), but without any irradiation, showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 82%. In addition, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) showed complete bacterial kill, i.e., 0% GBS survival. GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed a small decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 72%. Further, irradiation of GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) showed some decrease in percent GBS survival when compared to the control, i.e., approximately 42%. It should also be noted that ethanol did not have any significant contribution to the observed suppressive effect. - In an eighteenth experiment, the GBS were assigned to six experimental groups: (1) GBS only (control); (2) GBS and light; (3) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated); (4) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated) and light; (5) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed); and (6) GBS supplemented with 0.2 mg/mL CP III (incubated and washed) and light. Because the CP III was solubilized in ethanol, two additional experimental groups were included to test whether the quantity of ethanol used as a solvent had any significant effect on bacterial growth suppression: (7) ethanol only and (8) ethanol and light. The results are shown in
FIG. 50 . It should be noted that the results for Example 18 are similar to those of Example 17, which is indicative of the reproducibility of the data. - V. Electron Microscopic Evidence of Disruption and Damage to Cell Membrane of MRSA after Irradiation with Pulsed Blue Light
- Further testing was performed using an electron microscope to determine the impact on the cell membrane of MRSA when irradiated with pulsed blue light using printed LED flexible lamps.
- MRSA was cultured in Tryptic soy broth (TSB) and divided into two groups of 1×108 CFU/mL. Each group was separately plated on Tryptic soy agar (TSA). One group was irradiated with a sub-lethal dose of 2.5 J/cm2 of 33% pulsed 450 nm blue light, while the other group served as non-irradiated control. A sub-lethal dose was used to reduce the antimicrobial effect of blue light; otherwise, it would have photo-eradicated the entire bacterial culture. Irradiated and non-irradiated MRSA cultures were then placed in a 37° C. incubator for 24 hours. MRSA colonies obtained from both groups were resuspended in TSB, fixed and then processed for Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) and light microscopy using standard procedures, as shown in
FIG. 55 . Samples were then sectioned and studied using a Zeiss light microscope and a Technai TEM. - Light microscopy of control and irradiated (i.e., treated) MRSA showed that the samples were appropriately processed for TEM imaging.
FIG. 56 are light micrographs showing non-irradiated control MRSA (left panel) and irradiated MRSA (right panel). - TEM of irradiated MRSA clearly revealed structural and morphological changes in the treated group compared to the control group. While the cell walls of non-irradiated control MRSA appeared normal, smooth and stable, irregularities were seen in the cell walls of irradiated MRSA, which appeared disrupted and fractured, with breaks in portions of the cell membranes.
FIG. 57 provides evidence showing normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A and C) and disruption of normal cell division in MRSA irradiated with pulsed 450 nm blue light (B and D). Of note is the structural modification of the nuclear material of irradiated MRSA [Magnification=110,000] (B and D). - Also observed were cytoplasmic evidence of metabolic irregularities in the irradiated (i.e., treated) group.
FIG. 58 provides evidence showing structural damage to irradiated MRSA (B) compared to non-irradiated control MRSA (A).FIG. 58 also shows normal cell division in non-irradiated control MRSA (A) compared to irradiated MRSA (B) [Magnification=67,000]. - Control cells evinced high levels of metabolic activities in their cytoplasm and the nuclei, and this is evidenced by the fine distribution of intracellular content throughout the cell, as shown in
FIG. 57 (A, C) andFIG. 58 (A). Contrary to this observation, the treated cells shown inFIG. 57 (B, D) andFIG. 58 (B) have very dense clumps of nuclear material, suggestive of oxidative stress and low metabolism. Furthermore, the non-irradiated control MRSA ofFIG. 57 (A, C) andFIG. 58 (A) can be seen undergoing normal cell division as expected of a healthy rapidly replicating bacterium, while cell division can be seen to be irregular and structurally disrupted in the irradiated MRSA ofFIG. 57 (B, D) andFIG. 58 (B). As shown inFIG. 57 (A), early in the cell replication cycle, non-irradiated control MRSA can be seen with indentations of the membrane (arrowed), an indication that the cell is in the early stage of dividing or replicating. Later in the cell replication cycle, non-irradiated control MRSA were seen with clear-cut cleavage furrows, as shown inFIG. 57 (C) andFIG. 58 (A). In comparison, the cell membrane of irradiated MRSA appeared disrupted and irregular with no evidence of cell replication, as shown inFIG. 57 (B and D) andFIG. 58 (B). - These findings indicate that disruption of cell replication, and structural damage of bacterial cell walls, are two other mechanisms accounting for the antimicrobial effect of pulsed blue light on MRSA. It is believed that these findings would also apply to other types of microorganisms.
- VI. Detection of Emission Spectra of Light Absorbing Pigment “Porphyrins” in P. acnes
- P. acnes gives off a florescence in the red spectrum of 600-700 nm (typically 620 nm to 640 nm) when illuminated with pulsed purple or blue light. Without being bound by any one theory, it is believed that porphyrins are excited (i.e., optically pumped) with each light pulse and, upon return to their ground state, create an oxidation reaction that produces free radicals which subsequently destroy mitochondrial membranes, DNA or other cellular structures, as described above. Thus, if a photo sensor is used to detect red or other wavelengths given off by the cells undergoing irradiation, then the feedback can be used to control the dose of light, e.g., irradiation would take place until the porphyrin level had reached a minimum point and would not begin until porphyrin recovery took place. This may take place as part of the replication cycle of the microorganism.
- Testing was performed to detect the emission spectra of light absorbing pigment porphyrins in P. acnes.
- A 72 hour culture of P. acnes was centrifuged at 13,300 rpm for five minutes, supernatant discarded and re-suspended in 1 mL saline. It was then washed again by centrifuging at 13,300 rpm for 5 minutes with 1 mL saline (washing ensures that no other factors—aside from the innate porphyrins found in the P. acnes cells—would contribute to the detection). The optical density was adjusted using McFarland standard to 0.8 to 1.0 at 625 nm for a concentration of 108 CFU/mL. A volume of 10 μl of this solution was placed on concanavalin A coated dishes and excited as described below.
- As illustrated in
FIG. 23 , the set-up used for irradiating the bacteria employed a 458 nm Ar-Ion laser assembly (Edmund optics, USA) delivering continuous wave (CW) light with spectral bandwidth of less than 1 nm and a total power of 150 mW. The original, divergent laser beam was collimated using a lens (focal length 35 mm) placed about 22 mm from the laser aperture. The final beam diameter was 15 mm with a cross-sectional area of 3 cm2, which approximately matched the area of the dish coated with concanavalin A. The sample was placed on a translation stage positioned about 25 cm from the collimating lens. - The sample was placed onto an inverted microscope (Axio Observer—Z1, Carl Zeiss, Oberkochen, Germany) and illuminated through the back port of the microscope using a continuous wave Ar-Ion laser (Edmund Optics) with a 458 nm wavelength. The excitation light (0.5 mW) was focused by a 63× water immersion objective with numerical aperture (NA) of 1.2. The microscope scanning head consisted of a computer-controlled OptiMiS TruLine (Aurora Spectral Technologies, Milwaukee, Wis., USA). The detection was done using a modified OptiMiS detection module (a commercial prototype of OptiMiS d-Lux), which included a galvanometric scanner used to descan the fluorescence beam which then falls on an electron multiplying charged coupled device (iXon3, Andor, Belfast, UK). This descanning concept allowed the use of OptiMiS as a confocal (rather than a two-photon) microscope. This in turn reduced the laser-induced photo-bleaching of the cellular fluorescence, which was critical in these experiments given the low intensity of the signal detected. In order to capture full spectrum images, the sample was scanned line by line. The line images were further reconstructed resulting in an image for each wavelength channel (total of 300 channels).
- The extraction of the porphyrin spectrum was performed by first measuring the spectrum of the emission from the bacteria and the spectrum of the media outside of the bacteria. Next, the spectrum of the media was subtracted from the bacterial emission spectrum while considering the emission ratios between the bacteria and the outside media. Finally, the resulting spectrum was fitted with two Gaussians as the emission has two humps.
-
FIG. 24A depicts the porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light and detected using OptiMiS TruLine (Aurora Spectral Technologies, Milwaukee, Wis.). The peak wavelengths of the resulting emission were 619 nm and 670 nm for the two apparent humps. This emission is characteristic of cytochrome C which most likely is present in the acne bacteria. However, it may still contain some emission from different porphyrins such as coproporphyrins which may participate in the bacterial eradication mechanism. It is proposed that the free radical production by peroxides generated from porphyrins exposed to purple or blue light may alter DNA structure and lead to destruction of the bacteria during its replicative phase. Thus, the timing of light exposures during the replicative phase may have significant impact on the kill rates. -
FIG. 24B demonstrates the fluorescence spectra of P. acnes at various times during irradiation from zero to 30 minutes (measured at T=1, 10, 20 and 30 minutes). It can be readily seen that the fluorescence gradually depletes over time and thus can act as an indicator of porphyrin depletion at the cellular level. The porphyrin depletion follows the dose parameters (approximately 30 minutes of irradiation at 3 mW/cm2) which were found to be optimal for photoeradication of bacteria. These experiments were performed in vitro, in a petri dish in agar, illuminated with 450 nm printed LEDs on a flexible substrate. The output was pulsed at a duty factor of 33% (10 microseconds on and 20 microseconds off) at an irradiance of 3 mW/cm2. A calibrated ocean optics OCEAN-FX-VIS-NIR-ES spectrometer was used to record the fluorescence. The dish was held in a light tight housing. The blue 450 nm excitation light was filtered to eliminate all wavelengths beyond 420 and 480 nm. A filter was used below the dish to eliminate any wavelengths below 510 nm. The extraction of the porphyrin spectrum was performed by first measuring the spectrum of the emission from the bacteria and the spectrum of the media outside of the bacteria. Next, the spectrum of the media was subtracted from the bacterial emission spectrum while considering the emission ratios between the bacteria and the outside media. The spectra were then plotted. -
FIG. 24C depicts the porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from a sample of Protoporphyrin IX excited with 450 nm printed LEDs on PET substrate and detected using an ocean optics OCEAN-FX-VIS-NIR-ES spectrometer in the same test set-up asFIG. 24B . The peak wavelengths of the resulting emission were 620 nm and 670 nm and 750 nm for the three apparent humps. This emission is similar to the initial porphyrin emission spectrum extracted from P. acnes excited with 458 nm light (FIG. 24A ); however, it has a broader emission in the near infrared range. - Dosage can thus be optimized by detecting the emission spectrum of porphyrins or other emissions from the targeted bacteria, measuring fluorescence depletion or recovery, determining the optimal excitation periods and recovery between treatment sessions, and calculating ideal irradiation parameters, including dosage, irradiance, fluence and treatment schedule. It is also possible that killing of different strains of bacteria can be optimized using this method. Ideal wavelengths to measure porphyrin depletion are shown to be in the 620-640 nm range and the 670 nm range from the data presented, which correlates well with our data shown in
FIGS. 24A, 24B and 24C . Ideal wavelengths to measure other types of emissions can be determined by one skilled in the art. - Various types of light sources may be used to provide light energy in accordance with the present invention. For example, the light source may comprise various types of lasers, LEDs, PLEDs/LEPs), QDLEDs, or fluorescent tubes emitting light in the purple or blue spectral region (and optionally the red or infrared spectral region). The light source may directly illuminate the skin, tissue or other surface to be irradiated, such as a contaminated environment or food to be exposed to pulsed light. The light source may also be coupled by fiber optics or directly mounted to the edge of a lens-diffuser that redirects the light to the surface to be irradiated. These diffusers may contain numerous optical elements designed to diffuse and distribute the light evenly across the surface to be irradiated. These may include Fresnel lenses, various light pipes, irregularities and additional lens-like structures designed to pipe the light source and distribute it evenly over the surface of the lens-diffuser assembly. In order to improve the extraction or out-coupling of light, the device may include an internal scattering layer of high index particles such as TiOx in a transparent photoresist or a micro-lens array (MLA) layer. The light sources may also be placed directly behind the diffuser or Fresnel lens at a sufficient distance to allow the production of a substantially uniform beam to be applied to the surface to be irradiated. The light source may be a combination of white light and purple or blue light, whereupon the purple or blue light is pulsed and the white light is continuous wave (CW). These different wavelengths can be applied simultaneously or sequentially to irradiate an infected environment or food.
- A preferred light source is provided in the form of a very thin layered structure. An example of this type of light source is shown generally as
reference numeral 10 inFIG. 25 .Light source 10 is comprised of a plurality oflayers 12 including aflexible light emitter 40 located between ananode 50 and acathode 60. A suitable power source is connected tolight source 10. Preferably, direct current (DC) or pulsed DC is used to powerlight source 10.Light source 10 is substantially planar in its form, although it is preferably flexible and is more preferably conformable such that it may conform to the contours of the body, surfaces within a contaminated environment, or surfaces inside of a refrigeration or food display system. The overall thickness oflight source 10 is typically about 10 mm or less (e.g., about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05 mm or less). -
Light source 10 produces light with an intensity that is substantially constant across the surface of the device so as to provide substantially uniform light emission. As described in more detail below, the light source may comprise, for example, organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) or printed light emitting diodes (printed LEDs) (organic or inorganic) commonly referred to as LED ink. It can be appreciated that the light source is capable of decreasing hot spots on the surface of a subject's skin or tissue to provide a safer delivery of light to a subject. Also, a substantially uniform dose of light across the surface of the device ensures that all of the skin, tissue, surface or food is effectively treated with the same dose of light. -
FIG. 22 shows an example of a light source that includes a plurality oflight emitting diodes 42 printed on a flexible PET (polyethylene terephthalate)-ITO coated film 44 (referred to herein as a printed LED flexible lamp or a lighted substrate). In this example, thelight emitting diodes 42 are printed in hexagon-shaped LED clusters at a density of 2.5 LEDS/mm2. Of course, in other examples, the LED clusters could have other shapes, the LEDS could be printed across the entire surface of the film, and/or the LEDs could be printed in other densities in accordance with the present invention. - In one embodiment,
flexible light emitter 40 comprises a printed LED film that is laminated to a quantum dot film. In this embodiment, all of the light emitting diodes of the printed LED film (such aslight emitting diodes 42 shown inFIG. 22 ) are configured to emit purple or blue light. The quantum dot film comprises a slurry of quantum dots (including cadmium-free quantum dots (CFQDs)) coated on a flexible film and then another flexible film is placed thereon in order to seal the quantum dots between the two films. Alternatively, the CFQDs could be coated on the printed LED substrate with a barrier coating or film applied to the outer side in order to prevent oxidation of the CFQDs. The quantum dots are configured to convert purple or blue light to red or infrared light upon receipt of the pulsed purple or blue light from the printed LED film so as to maintain the same pulse characteristics for both the red or infrared light and the purple or blue light. Various densities of quantum dots can be used to control the percentage of light converted from purple or blue light to red or infrared light. In one embodiment, the percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light range from 20% purple or blue light/80% red or infrared light to 80% purple or blue light/20% red or infrared light. Of course, other percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light could also be used as desired for a certain application. Preferably, the purple or blue light emitting diodes and the quantum dots are evenly distributed across the surface of the device so as to provide a substantially uniform emission of purple or blue and red or infrared light. - In another embodiment,
flexible light emitter 40 comprises only a printed LED film (i.e., a quantum dot film is not used in this embodiment). In this embodiment, the light emitting diodes of the printed LED film (such aslight emitting diodes 42 shown inFIG. 22 ) comprise a combination of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes that are printed on a flexible film (such asflexible film 44 shown inFIG. 22 ) in a checkerboard or grid-like pattern. The respective number of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes can be chosen to achieve the desired levels of purple or blue and red or infrared light. In one embodiment, the percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light preferably range from 20% purple or blue light/80% red or infrared light to 80% purple or blue light/20% red or infrared light. Of course, other percentages of purple or blue and red or infrared light could also be used as desired for a certain application. Preferably, the purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes are evenly distributed across the surface of the device so as to provide a substantially uniform emission of purple or blue and red or infrared light. - It should be understood that the irradiance and radiant exposure of each of the purple or blue light and red or infrared light will be a percentage of the total irradiance and radiant exposure discussed above, as determined by the density of the quantum dots (for the first embodiment discussed above) or the respective numbers of purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes (for the second embodiment discussed above), or the drive current applied respectively to the purple or blue and red or infrared light emitting diodes by the driving device. As such, the desired levels of purple or blue light and red or infrared light may be selectively achieved for a particular light treatment.
- In another embodiment,
flexible light emitter 40 comprises OLEDs laminated to a quantum dot film, wherein the OLEDs emit purple or blue light and the quantum dot film converts a portion of the purple or blue light to red or infrared light. In yet another embodiment,flexible light emitter 40 comprises OLEDS that emit both purple or blue and red or infrared light. It can be appreciated that these embodiments are similar to the two embodiments described above, with the exception that the printed LED film is replaced with the OLEDs. In yet other embodiments,flexible light emitter 40 comprises printed LED film or OLEDS that emit only purple or blue light. - The light source may be in the form of an array, patch, pad, mask, wrap, fiber, bandage or cylinder, for example. The light source may have a variety of shapes and sizes. For example, the light source may be square, rectangular, circular, butterfly-shaped, elliptical, clover-shaped, oblong, crescent/moon-shaped, or any other shape that is suitable for a particular application. Examples of suitable light sources are generally illustrated in
FIGS. 26A and 26B , as well as the light devices shown inFIGS. 51 and 52 . The overall surface area of one side of the light source may range from, for example, 1 cm2 to 1 m2, or in panels placed together to cover larger areas, although typically the surface area is about 1 to 2000 cm2 (e.g., about 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100, 121, 144, 169, 196, 225, 289, 324, 361, 400, 441, 484, 529, 576, 625, 676, 729, 784, 841, 900, 961, 1024, 1089, 1156, 122, 1296, 1369, 1444, 1521, 1600, 1681, 1764, 1849, 1936 or 2000 cm2 or some range therebetween). The light source is thus well adapted to be applied to various areas of the subject's body, for example, the face, forehead, cheek, back, wrist and the like. The light source may also be applied other types of surfaces, such as surfaces within a contaminated environment or surfaces inside of a refrigeration or food display system. - The various elements/layers of the light source will now be described in greater detail.
- In some embodiments, the light source includes a substrate. The substrate may be any substance capable of supporting the various layers of the light source. The substrate is preferably flexible and/or conformable to a surface in which the light source will be used, such as the contours of a subject's body, surfaces within a contaminated environment, or surfaces inside of a refrigeration, food display or processing system. The substrate can comprise, for example, an inorganic material, an organic material, or a combination of inorganic and organic materials. The substrate may be, for example, made from metals, plastics or glass. The substrate may be any shape to support the other components of the light source, for example, the substrate may be substantially flat or planar, curved, or have portions that are substantially flat portions and curved portions. Most preferably, the substrate is transparent, flexible, and conformable in nature. Ideally, the material is a latex-free, non-toxic, non-allergenic material, which is resistant to UV, sunlight and most infection control products.
- As used herein, the term “transparent” generally means transparency for light and includes both clear transparency as well as translucency. Generally, a material is considered transparent if at least about 50%, preferably about 60%, more preferably about 70%, more preferably about 80% and still more preferably about 90% of the light illuminating the material can pass through the material. In contrast, the term “opaque” generally refers to a material in which the light is substantially absorbed or reflected, e.g., at least 90% of the light is absorbed or reflected, and typically at least 95% of the light is absorbed or reflected.
- In some embodiments, the substrate may be comprised of a silicon-based material, rubber, thermoplastic elastomers (TTP), or other polymeric material, such as polyester, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyacryl, polyether sulfone (PES), etc. Transparent substrates may include, for example, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, polyimide (PI), polyetherimide (PEI), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, PVC, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylbutyral, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, as well as fluoropolymers, such as, fluorinated ethylene-propylene (FEP), tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymers, polyvinyl fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropyl ene copolymers, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyester, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, polyimide or polyether imide.
- In another embodiment, the transparent substrate is a polyester film, such as Mylar. In another aspect, the substrate comprises a poly-theretherketone film commercially available from Victrex under the name APTIV. In still another aspect, the substrate is a thin film sold under the name Flexent by Konica Minolta or flexible glass such as Willow Glass by Dow Corning. Ideally, substrates in direct or indirect contact with organic layers will have exceptional barrier capabilities that withstand heat, offer flexibility, have sustained reliability and can be mass produced,
- The light source comprises a plurality of conductive layers (i.e., electrodes), namely, a cathode and an anode. The anode may comprise, for example, a transparent conductive oxide (TCO), such as, but not limited to, indium tin oxide (ITO), zinc oxide (ZnO), and the like. The cathode may also comprise, for example, a thin metal film or fibers such as aluminum, copper, gold, molybdenum, iridium, magnesium, silver, lithium fluoride and alloys thereof, or a non-metal conductive layer.
- Because the light source must emit light through one or both electrodes, at least one of the electrodes must be transparent. The transparent electrode is positioned on the side of the light source designed to be facing the surface to be irradiated. For a light source intended to emit light only through the bottom electrode (i.e., the surface-facing electrode), the top electrode (i.e., the electrode facing away from the surface) does not need to be transparent. The top electrode may thus comprise an opaque or light-reflective metal layer having a high electrical conductivity. Where a top electrode does not need to be transparent, using a thicker layer may provide better conductivity, and using a reflective electrode may increase the amount of light emitted through the transparent electrode by reflecting light back towards the transparent electrode. Fully transparent light sources may also be fabricated, where both electrodes are transparent.
- The thickness of each electrode is typically about 200 nm or less (e.g., about 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30 nm or less). Preferably, the thickness of each electrode is less than 10 nm (e.g., about 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.8, 0.6, 0.4, 0.2 nm or less or some range therebetween).
- The electrodes are preferably flexible in nature. In some embodiments, the conductive materials of one or both of the electrodes may include, but are not limited to, transparent conductive polymer materials, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO), ZnO—Ga2O3, ZnO—Al2O3, SnO2-Sb2O3, and polythiophene. In addition, the electrodes may be comprised of silver or copper grids or bushbars plated on a transparent substrate or silver nanowires or nanoparticles deposited on a substrate with a poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) poly(styrenesulfonate) (PEDOT:PSS) coating. Additional conductive polymer layers may be added to improve conductivity.
- In one aspect, the transparent conductive electrode may be carbon-based, for example, carbon nanotubes, carbon nanowires, or graphene, and the like. One preferred electrode (typically for infrared) comprises graphene. While one or two layers of graphene are preferred, the electrode may comprise about 1 to 20 layers of graphene (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 layers or some range therebetween). The graphene electrode(s) also have the effect of protecting the photoactive layer sandwiched between them from oxidation. Therefore, environmental stability of the light source can be improved. The graphene electrode may optionally have a plurality of plasmonic nanostructures, which may have various morphologies (spherical, rods, discs, prisms, etc.). Exemplary nanostructures include those made of gold, silver, copper, nickel, and other transition metals, for example gold nanoparticles, silver nanoparticles, copper nanoparticles, nickel nanoparticles, and other transition metal nanoparticles. In general, any electrically conductive materials, such as oxides and nitrides, of surface plasmonic resonance frequencies in the visible spectrum can be made into plasmonic nanostructures for the same purpose. In some embodiments, the plasmonic particles have the size of about 1 nm to about 300 nm (e.g., about 10, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 nm, or some range therebetween).
- The light source includes a thin light emitter that may comprise, for example, OLEDs or printed LEDs (organic or inorganic). The thickness of the light emitter is preferably about 2 mm or less (e.g., about 2, 1.8, 1.6, 1.4, 1.2, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, 0.01 mm or less). Most preferably, the flexible light emitter is about 10 to 200 nm in thickness (e.g., about 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 nm, or some range therebetween). The light emitter is preferably flexible and emits light in response to an electric current applied to the anode and cathode.
- OLEDs
- In some embodiments, the light source may comprise OLEDs in which the flexible light emitter is a thin organic film. As used herein, the term “organic” with respect to OLEDs encompasses polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices. Such materials are well known in the art. “Small molecule” refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and it will be appreciated that “small molecules” may actually be quite large. “Small molecules” may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the “small molecule” class. “Small molecules” may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. “Small molecules” may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety. The core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter. A dendrimer may be a “small molecule,” and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules. In general, a “small molecule” has a well-defined chemical formula with a single molecular weight, whereas a polymer has a chemical formula and a molecular weight that may vary from molecule to molecule.
- Generally speaking, in the flexible light emitter, electrons and holes recombine to radiate photons. The radiative photon energy emitted from the flexible light emitter corresponds to the energy difference between the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) level and the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) level of the organic material. Photons of lower energy/longer wavelength may be generated by higher-energy photons through fluorescent or phosphorescent processes.
- As described below, the flexible light emitter may optionally include one or more of a hole injection material (HIM), a hole transport material (HTM), a hole blocking material (HBM), an electron injection material (EIM), an electron transport material (ETM), an electron blocking material (EBM), and/or an exciton blocking material (ExBM).
- In one aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole injection material (HIM). A HIM refers to a material or unit capable of facilitating holes (i.e., positive charges) injected from an anode into an organic layer. Typically, a HIM has a HOMO level comparable to or higher than the work function of the anode, i.e., −5.3 eV or higher.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole transport material (HTM). A HTM has the characteristic of a material or unit capable of transporting holes (i.e., positive charges) injected from a hole injecting material or an anode. A HTM has usually high HOMO, typically higher than −5.4 eV. In many cases, HIM can also function as HTM, depending on the adjacent layer.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include a hole blocking material (HBM). A HBM generally refers to a material that, if deposited adjacent to an emitting layer or a hole transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the holes from flowing through. Usually it has a lower HOMO as compared to the HOMO level of the HTM in the adjacent layer. Hole-blocking layers are frequently inserted between the light-emitting layer and the electron-transport layer.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron injection material (EIM). An EIM generally refers to a material capable of facilitating electrons (i.e., negative charges) injected from a cathode into an organic layer. The EIM usually has a LUMO level comparable to or lower than the working function of the cathode. Typically, the EIM has a LUMO lower than −2.6 eV.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron transport material (ETM). An ETM generally refers to a material capable of transporting electrons (i.e., negative charges) injected from an EIM or a cathode. The ETM has usually a low LUMO, typically lower than −2.7 eV. In many cases, an EIM can serve as an ETM as well, depending on the adjacent layer.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an electron blocking material (EBM). An EBM generally refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive or electron transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the electron from flowing through. Usually it has a higher LUMO as compared to the LUMO of the ETM in the adjacent layer.
- In another aspect, the emissive electroluminescent layer may include an exciton blocking material (ExBM). An ExBM generally refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emitting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the excitons from diffusing through. ExBM should have either a higher triplet level or singlet level as compared to the emitting layer or other adjacent layer.
- Exemplary OLED materials are described in Hammond et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2010/0179469; Pan et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2013/0006119; Buchholz et al., PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2012/010238; and Adamovich et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2007/0247061.
- Referring to
FIG. 27 , a typical sequence of materials found in the flexible light emitter between the anode and the cathode of the OLED is HIM, HTM, emission layer, HBM, and ETM. Another typical sequence of materials is HTM, emission layer, and ETM. Of course, other sequences of materials are also possible. Further, the OLED may comprise one or more interlayers. - In one aspect, the flexible light emitter comprises a single layer. The flexible light emitter may comprise, for example, a conjugated polymer which is luminescent, a hole-transporting polymer doped with electron transport molecules and a luminescent material, or an inert polymer doped with hole transporting molecules and a luminescent material. The flexible light emitter may also comprise an amorphous film of luminescent small organic molecules which can be doped with other luminescent molecules.
- In another aspect, the flexible light emitter may comprise one or more different emissive materials in either the same emission layer or in different emission layers. For example, the flexible light emitter may comprise 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 radiation emitting materials. The various different emissive materials may be selected from the emissive materials described in the references set forth above, but any other suitable emissive material can be employed. If two emissive materials are used in one emission layer, the absorption spectrum of one of the two emissive materials preferably overlaps with the emission spectrum of the other emissive material. The emissive materials may be arranged in stacked layers or side-by-side configurations. The emissive layer may comprise a continuous region forming a single emitter or a plurality of light emitters. The plurality of light emitters may emit light with substantially different wavelengths. The plurality of light emitters may be vertically stacked within the emissive layer or they may form a mixture. In some embodiments, a dopant is dispersed within an organic host matrix. In one embodiment, a layer of quantum dots is sandwiched between two organic thin films.
- In another aspect, the flexible light emitter may comprise a plurality of layers sharing a common anode and/or cathode. In this case, individual layers are stacked one on top of another. The stacked configuration may generally include intermediate electrodes disposed between adjacent layers such that successive layers share an intermediate electrode, i.e., a top electrode of one layer is the bottom electrode of another in the stack. The stacked layers may be formed of different materials, and therefore, different emissions spectra.
- The flexible light emitter may be substantially transparent. When mostly transparent layers are used, a plurality of emissive layers may be vertically stacked without substantially blocking light emission from individual layers. The flexible light emitter may comprise a single or multiple layers, for example, a combination of p- and n-type materials. The p- and n-type materials may be bonded to each other in the layer. The bonding may be ionic or covalent bonding, for example. The multiple layers of the flexible light emitter may form heterostructures therebetween.
- Printed LEDs
- In some embodiments, the light source may comprise printed LEDs (organic or inorganic), i.e., LED ink. With LED ink, each light source is very small which enables the LEDs to be positioned in very close proximity to each other. During fabrication, the LEDs may be printed in a uniform manner whereby each LED operates as a point source in which the beams from the individual LEDs are substantially parallel to each other to provide substantially uniform light across the surface of the device. Unlike conventional LEDs, printed LEDs do not need to be positioned a sufficient distance from the surface to be irradiated in order to deliver a substantially uniform dose of light. There are several known methods for printing such LEDs, as described below.
- In one method, a plurality of individual LEDs are suspended and dispersed in a liquid or gel comprising one or more solvents and a viscosity modifier so as to form a diode ink that is capable of being printed on a flexible substrate (e.g., through screen printing, flexographic printing and the like). In one aspect, the average surface area concentration of LEDs is from about 25 to 50,000 LEDs per square centimeter. In general, each LED includes a light emitting region, a first metal terminal located on a first side of the light emitting region, and a second metal terminal located on a second side of the light emitting region. The first and second metal terminals of each LED may be electrically coupled to conductive layers (i.e., electrodes) to enable the light emitting region to emit light when energized.
- An exemplary light source is shown generally in
FIG. 28 , wherein only five LEDs are provided in order to simplify the description. As can be seen, this device includes a plurality ofconductors 80 a-80 e deposited on aflexible substrate 82. A plurality of LEDs 84 a-84 e are deposited on theconductors 80 a-80 e such that the first metal terminals of the LEDs 84 a-84 e are electrically coupled to theconductors 80 a-80 e. One skilled in the art will appreciate that the LEDs 84 a-84 e may be formed of various shapes. Preferably, the LEDs 84 a-84 e settle into a position overconductors 80 a-80 e such that they maintain their polarity based on the shape of the LEDs. Next, a plurality of dielectric layers 86 a-86 e are deposited over the LEDs 84 a-84 e and theconductors 80 a-80 e, as shown. Anotherconductor 88 is then deposited over the LEDs 84 a-84 e and dielectric layers 86 a-86 e such that the second metal terminals of the LEDs 84 a-84 e are coupled to theconductor 88. One skilled in the art will appreciate that thesubstrate 82 andconductors 80 a-80 e may be transparent so that light is emitted from the bottom of the device and/orconductor 82 may be transparent so that light is emitted from the top of the device. Various configurations of printed LEDs that may be manufactured in accordance with the above method are described in Lowenthal et al., U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,879. - In another method, the light source comprises LEDs that are created through a printing process. In this method, a substrate is provided that includes a plurality of spaced-apart channels. A plurality of first conductors are formed on the substrate such that each first conductor is positioned in one of the channels. Next, a plurality of substantially spherical substrate particles are coupled to the first conductors and, then the substantially spherical substrate particles are converted into a plurality of substantially spherical diodes. The substantially spherical diodes may comprise, for example, semiconductor LEDs, organic LEDs encapsulated organic LEDs, or polymer LEDs. A plurality of second conductors are then formed on the substantially spherical diodes. Finally, a plurality of substantially spherical lenses suspended in a polymer (wherein the lenses and suspending polymer have different indices of refraction) are deposited over the substantially spherical diodes and the second conductors. Thus, in this method, the LED's are built up on the substrate as opposed to being mounted on the substrate. Various configurations of printable LEDs that may be manufactured in accordance with the above method are described in Ray et al., U.S. Pat. No. 8,384,630.
- In an exemplary embodiment, the light source is comprised of printed LEDs having a thickness of 12 μm, silver electrodes each of which has a thickness of 5-10 μm with a transparent silver fiber having a thickness of 0.05-5 μm, and a PET substrate having a thickness of 125 μm.
- The light source may optionally include a light dispersion layer, such as a micro-lens array. It has been found that one of the key factors that limits the efficiency of OLED devices is the inefficiency in extracting the photons generated by the electron-hole recombination out of the OLED devices. Due to the high optical indices of the organic materials used, most of the photons generated by the recombination process are actually trapped in the devices due to total internal reflection. These trapped photons never leave the OLED devices and make no contribution to the light output from these devices. In order to improve the extraction or out-coupling of light from OLEDs, the device may include an internal scattering layer of high index particles such as TiOx in a transparent photoresist or a micro-lens array (MLA) layer. Exemplary MLAs and methods for forming the same are described in Gardner et al., U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2004/01217702; Chari et al. U.S. Pat. No. 7,777,416; Xu et al., U.S. Pat. No. 8,373,341; Yamae et al., High-Efficiency White OLEDs with Built-up Outcoupling Substrate, SID Symposium Digest of Technical Papers, 43 694 (2012); and Komoda et al., High Efficiency Light OLEDS for Lighting, J. Photopolymer Science and Technology, Vol. 25, No. 3 321-326 (2012). Barrier Layer
- The light source may optionally include one or more encapsulation or barrier layers that isolate the light emitter (or other layers) from an ambient environment. The encapsulation or barrier layer is preferably substantially impermeable to moisture and oxygen. In general, the moisture and oxygen sensitive components should be enclosed by materials having gas permeation properties. The barrier preferably achieves low water vapor permeation rates of 10−4 g/m2/day or less, 10−5 g/m2/day or less, and even more preferably about 10−6 g/m2/day or less.
- The encapsulation or barrier layer may be glass or a plastic, for example. Exemplary materials include a polyetheretherketone film commercially available from Victrex under the name APTIV. In still another aspect, the substrate is a thin film sold under the name Flexent by Konica Minolta or flexible glass such as Willow Glass by Dow Corning. Ideally, substrates in direct contact with organic layers will have exceptional barrier capabilities that withstand heat, offer flexibility, have sustained reliability and can be mass produced.
- The light source may be further covered with a transparent or semi-transparent covering. The covering may provide comfort for a subject using the light source. The covering may provide protection to the light source, keeping dirt and fluid off of the device and providing a cushion to protect the device from impact.
- In some embodiments, a layer of quantum dots is used between the light emitting surface and the surface to be irradiated in order to convert all or a portion of the light emission into a different wavelength. The wavelength is typically down converted to a longer wavelength (Stokes conversion). For example, purple or blue light may be converted into red light at 630 nm. Quantum dots may contain cadmium or may be organic and cadmium free. Wavelength conversion may occur with many wavelengths thus providing an additional or multiple wavelengths from a fixed wavelength source. Quantum dots may also be embedded into the hydrogel used to connect the light source to the surface to be irradiated, such as a skin or tissue surface. This may consist of a film or encapsulated quantum dots layered on the surface of the hydrogel or the light emitting surface of the lamp. Various densities of quantum dots can be used to control the percentage of light converted from one wavelength to another. For example, testing was performed using 50% and 75% blue light and 50% and 25% red light in bacterial kill experiments. This combination had an effect on the killing of P. acnes and may be added to enhance the anti-inflammatory effects of the light due to the addition of red light. The quantum dot converts light as it receives the incident light so the continuous or pulse characteristic of the light is maintained.
- In some embodiments, the light source has a “bottom” light emitting configuration or a “top” light emitting configuration.
-
FIG. 29 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of alight source 110 with a “bottom” light emitting configuration.Light source 110 comprises aflexible light emitter 140 located between ananode 150 and acathode 160, all of which are formed on atransparent substrate 120. A power source (not shown) is provided so that DC or pulsed DC is used to power the light source. Further, atransparent barrier layer 180 protects theflexible light emitter 140 from moisture and oxygen. - In this embodiment, the
flexible light emitter 140 comprises an OLED or printed LEDs. Both thesubstrate 120 and theanode 150 are transparent. The substrate is comprised of a transparent silicon rubber. Theanode 150 is comprised of ITO. Light generated from theflexible light emitter 140 is emitted through thetransparent anode 150 andsubstrate 120 such that the device has a “bottom” light emitting configuration. Thecathode 160 is comprised of a conductive metal such as silver. The barrier layer is comprised of Flexent film (Konica Minolta). -
FIG. 30 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of alight source 210 with a “top” light emitting configuration.Light source 210 comprises aflexible light emitter 240 located between ananode 250 and acathode 260, all of which are formed on abottom surface 222 of a substrate 220 (i.e., the surface facing towards a surface to be irradiated). A power source (not shown) is provided so that DC or pulsed DC is used to power the light source. Further, atransparent barrier layer 280 protects theflexible light emitter 240 from moisture and oxygen. - In this embodiment, the
flexible light emitter 240 comprises an OLED or printed LEDs. Thesubstrate 220 comprises a Mylar film and a silver nanolayer is coated on its bottom side to form thecathode 260 of the light source. The silver nanolayer is highly reflective to the light generated by theflexible light emitter 240 such that the light is directed towards the surface to be irradiated. Both thebarrier layer 280 and theanode 250 are transparent. Thebarrier layer 280 is comprised of Willow transparent flexible glass (Dow Corning). Theanode 250 is comprised of ITO. Light generated from theflexible light emitter 240 is emitted through thetransparent anode 250 andbarrier layer 280 such that the device has a “top” light emitting configuration. - In some embodiments, a transparent hydrogel, silicone membrane or adhesive layer such as Dow silicone PSA or double-sided adhesive tape layer is applied between the light emitting surface of the lamp to attach it to the surface to be irradiated, such as a skin or tissue surface. This layer may be a single use disposable in cases where certain microorganisms are able to penetrate the hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layer. As such, the hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layer is not suitable for re-use due to the infection control requirements and non-transmittal of infection back to the user or subsequent users of the device. Alternatively, this layer may be used multiple times in cases where there is no microorganism penetration. For example, studies have shown that certain bacteria do not grow on the surface of a hydrogel or silicone layer. The hydrogel, silicone or adhesive layers may also contain additional anti-bacterials and substances suitable to enhance tissue regeneration for use in wound healing. The double-sided transparent adhesive tape may be, for example, 3M 9964 Clear Polyester Diagnostic Microfluidic Medical Tape (3M.com). Various hydrogels and silicones are available based on the adhesion requirements for various skin types and wound dressings.
- The light source is driven and controlled by an electronic circuit that includes, for example, a power supply, drive circuit and control module. For flexible light sources, the electronic circuit may be provided in a separate housing electrically connected to the light source or may be built into the flexible material that mounts the light source.
- The power supply may be any power supply capable of supplying sufficient power to activate the light source. The power supply may comprise a disposable or rechargeable battery, solar cell, fuel cell, an adapter, or may be powered by the power grid. The battery may be a printed battery, flexible lithium-ion primary or secondary cells, carbon nanotube, electrochemical inks, or other flexible organic or inorganic primary or secondary cells using non-toxic or limited toxicity materials. In some embodiments, the battery is roll-to-roll printed on the lamp substrate. The light source is preferably driven by DC or pulsed DC. One skilled in the art will understand that the output voltages and current levels of the DC or pulsed DC control the peak output of each layer of the device, which in combination with the treatment time control the dose.
-
FIG. 31 is a block diagram of an exemplary system in which the light source and light source drive circuit are controlled by a microcontroller (discussed below) in accordance with a preprogrammed treatment cycle that provides a sequence of light at a fixed dose or wavelength based on the patch configuration. For example, the microcontroller may be preprogrammed for treatment of a specific disorder, such as acne. The microcontroller may control the light source by adjusting the activation and deactivation of the light source, voltage, current, light wavelength, pulse width, duty factor, and light treatment time. One skilled in the art will appreciate that other operating parameters may also be controlled by the microcontroller in accordance with the present invention. - The microcontroller is also connected to one or more I/O devices, such as an LED that provides an indication of whether the light source is on/off or an audio buzzer that alerts the user upon completion of a particular treatment. An on/off switch may also be provided to power the light source.
- The system may be used in a number of treatment (irradiation) sessions that together result in an overall treatment time. For such cases, the microcontroller may include at least one timer configured to measure session time and overall treatment time or both. The timer may be used simply to monitor the session time or overall treatment time or may be used to deactivate the light source after completion of a session or overall treatment. The timer may also be used to provide sequential treatments for automatic dosing in a wound care dressing, for example. A real time clock associated with the system can monitor the treatments and track/manage treatment sequences and dosing.
-
FIG. 32 is a block diagram of an exemplary system in which the light source is controlled by an electronic circuit with one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to a microcontroller so as to dynamically control the light source during a treatment (irradiation) session. As can be seen, the electronic circuit is similar to that shown and described in connection withFIG. 31 , with the addition of one or more sensors that operate in a closed loop to provide feedback to the microcontroller. For example, in applications involving the photoeradication of P. acnes and other microorganisms, a photo sensor could be used to detect porphyrins or other spectra related to the inactivation of the bacteria that emit light within the red or other wavelength portion of the fluorescent spectrum, as discussed above. An exemplary sensor is a photo sensor used to detect porphyrins that emit light within the red or other portion of the fluorescent spectrum in applications involving the photoeradication of P. acnes with pulsed purple or blue light or other spectra related to the inactivation of the bacteria. The photo sensor may comprise, for example, a photo detector with a sharp purple or blue notch filter and a bandpass filter that is used to detect the red or other wavelength portion of the fluorescent spectrum. This would be monitored during treatment and as it decayed to a preset threshold the pulsed purple or blue light stimulation would be turned off. From time to time, the system would turn on to see if the porphyrin levels would return to a high enough level to induce microorganism kill upon exposure to pulsed purple or blue light. Of course, other types of sensors may also be used in accordance with the invention. Certain sensors may be built into the layers of the device, while other sensors may be applied to the skin or other surface to be irradiated or may be built into the illuminator. - Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the disclosure pertains. Also, as will be understood by one skilled in the art, for any and all purposes, all ranges disclosed herein also encompass any and all possible subranges and combinations of subranges thereof. Any listed range can be easily recognized as sufficiently describing and enabling the same range being broken down into at least equal halves, thirds, quarters, fifths, tenths, etc. As will also be understood by one skilled in the art, a range includes each individual member.
- While the present invention has been described and illustrated hereinabove with reference to several exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that various modifications could be made to these embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention. Therefore, the present invention is not to be limited to the specific methodologies or device configurations of the exemplary embodiments, except insofar as such limitations are included in the following claims.
Claims (38)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/687,904 US20220193445A1 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2022-03-07 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662341691P | 2016-05-26 | 2016-05-26 | |
PCT/US2017/034396 WO2017205578A1 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2017-05-25 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
US15/955,773 US10639498B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2018-04-18 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
US16/205,182 US10981017B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
US16/826,229 US11266855B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2020-03-21 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
US17/687,904 US20220193445A1 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2022-03-07 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/826,229 Continuation US11266855B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2020-03-21 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220193445A1 true US20220193445A1 (en) | 2022-06-23 |
Family
ID=71516213
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/826,229 Active 2037-07-20 US11266855B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2020-03-21 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
US17/687,904 Pending US20220193445A1 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2022-03-07 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/826,229 Active 2037-07-20 US11266855B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2020-03-21 | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11266855B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3328491A4 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2019-05-01 | PhotonMD, Inc. | Systems and methods for phototherapeutic modulation of nitric oxide |
CN110071155A (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2019-07-30 | 深圳市华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Display panel and its packaging method, display device |
US11147984B2 (en) | 2020-03-19 | 2021-10-19 | Know Bio, Llc | Illumination devices for inducing biological effects |
IT202100005651A1 (en) * | 2021-03-10 | 2022-09-10 | Emoled S R L | METHOD FOR THE INACTIVATION OF A PATHOGEN COLONY IN SPACES, SURFACES AND OBJECTS USING PULSED ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION |
WO2022020645A1 (en) * | 2020-07-22 | 2022-01-27 | REHABILITATION INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO d/b/a Shirley Ryan AbilityLab | Systems and methods for rapidly screening for signs and symptoms of disorders |
US11480329B2 (en) * | 2020-09-21 | 2022-10-25 | B/E Aerospace, Inc. | Lighting units producing visible light with blended disinfecting electromagnetic radiation |
US11654294B2 (en) | 2021-03-15 | 2023-05-23 | Know Bio, Llc | Intranasal illumination devices |
US20230043538A1 (en) * | 2021-08-05 | 2023-02-09 | Know Bio, Llc | Illumination devices and related methods for phototherapeutic light treatments in the presence of vitamins |
CA3229848A1 (en) * | 2022-04-11 | 2023-10-19 | Ian Edward Ashdown | Visible light chromophore excitation for microorganism control |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10981017B2 (en) * | 2016-05-26 | 2021-04-20 | San Diego State University Research Foundation | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
EP3463569A4 (en) * | 2016-05-26 | 2020-01-29 | San Diego State University Research Foundation | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light |
-
2020
- 2020-03-21 US US16/826,229 patent/US11266855B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-03-07 US US17/687,904 patent/US20220193445A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US11266855B2 (en) | 2022-03-08 |
US20200222718A1 (en) | 2020-07-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11266855B2 (en) | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light | |
US10639498B2 (en) | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light | |
US10981017B2 (en) | Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light | |
Carrera et al. | The application of antimicrobial photodynamic therapy (aPDT) in dentistry: a critical review | |
US11896842B2 (en) | Method and system for irradiating tissue with pulsed blue and red light to reduce muscle fatigue, enhance wound healing and tissue repair, and reduce pain | |
de Oliveira et al. | Photodynamic therapy in combating the causative microorganisms from endodontic infections | |
KR100846274B1 (en) | Therapeutic Light-Emitting Device | |
Triana et al. | Quantum dot light-emitting diodes as light sources in photomedicine: photodynamic therapy and photobiomodulation | |
WO2011110277A1 (en) | Fibers in therapy and cosmetics | |
EP2545600A2 (en) | Radiative fibers | |
De Freitas et al. | Effect of photodynamic antimicrobial chemotherapy on mono-and multi-species cariogenic biofilms: a literature review | |
JP2017006347A (en) | Optical treatment apparatus | |
JP2017006348A (en) | Optical treatment apparatus | |
KR20120018050A (en) | Light therapy device | |
Lubart et al. | A new light device for wound healing | |
Bagnato et al. | Photodynamic reactions: cancer and microbiological control | |
JP2016221014A (en) | Optical treatment device | |
US20220062473A1 (en) | Lighting device having function of inactivating bacteria or viruses | |
US20230270896A1 (en) | System and method of eliminating microorganisms | |
Chotikasemsri | Phototherapy and LED treatment optimization on gum fibroblast and osteoblast cell line | |
AU2007202975B2 (en) | Therapeutic light-emitting device | |
WO2023229659A2 (en) | Photonic antimicrobial wound surface dressing | |
BR102012018491A2 (en) | use of porphyrin-based photosensitizing compounds in photodynamic therapy. |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CAREWEAR CORP., NEVADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CASTEL, JOHN C.;REEL/FRAME:059182/0843 Effective date: 20200416 Owner name: SAN DIEGO STATE UNIVERSITY RESEARCH FOUNDATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ENWEMEKA, CHUKUKA S;REEL/FRAME:059182/0987 Effective date: 20200904 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |